What We’re Reading (Week Ending 13 November 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 13 November 2022:

1. Graham & Dodd Annual Breakfast 2022 – Investment Management Insights

During one of Todd Combs and Warren Buffett’s famed Saturday afternoon living room chats, the two posed the following question as a means of valuation: if you take a business, what is your level of confidence in predicting what it looks like in five years?

Buying a whole business requires varied degrees of scrutiny into factors which cannot be evaluated using financial modeling formulas, such as: level of capital required, management style and efficacy.

Combs recalled the first question Charlie Munger ever asked him was what percentage of S&P 500 businesses would be a “better business” in five years. Combs believed that it was less than 5% of S&P businesses, whereas Munger stated that it was less than 2%. You can have a great business, but it doesn’t mean it will be better in five years. The rate of change in the world is significant, which makes this exercise difficult, but this is something that Charlie, Warren and Todd think about. When Combs started at Berkshire, they had a 7/10 confidence on the businesses outlook for the next five years. The nature of the world is that things are constantly changing, and Todd says they are right on maybe 1/10 predictions. 

Michael asked if there are traditional measures that Combs/Berkshire look at to indicate good business performance? And how does Combs/Berkshire assess that quantitatively? Combs explained how one question is constantly asked, usually daily, and that is if the moat is wider or narrower on any of their businesses.

98% of what Buffett and Combs discuss is qualitative. If something is 30x earnings you can calculate what it will have to do to get to run rate earnings. The worst business grows and needs infinite capital with declining returns. The best business grows exponentially with no capital…

…Combs goes to Buffett’s house on many Saturdays to talk, and here’s a litmus test they frequently use. Warren asks “How many names in the S&P are going to be 15x earnings in the next 12 months? How many are going to earn more in five years (using a 90% confidence interval), and how many will compound at 7% (using a 50% confidence interval)?” In this exercise, you are solving for cyclicality, compounding, and initial price. Combs said that this rubric was used to find Apple, since at the time the same 3-5 names kept coming up…

… Every time Combs meets with a company, there are two questions he always asks management: (1) How long do you spend talking to investors, and (2) what would you be doing if you were not publicly traded? The median response is 25% of the time is spent talking to investors. In response to the second question management usually lists a number of things that make a lot of sense, and Combs then proceeds to ask why they don’t do that, and they say because they feel handcuffed. When management is focused on the quarterly performance, and they don’t have the proper time horizon, they are not empowered to do the right thing. As a fiduciary you are setting yourself up for failure if you don’t have the right time horizon.

2. TIP492: The Best Investor You’ve Never Heard Of – Clay Finck

[00:00:25] Then at the end of the episode, I talked a bit about the lessons we can learn from Nick Sleep in identifying a great business, buying it at a reasonable price, and holding it for a very long time. From there, I started reading into Nick Sleep’s letters and I wanted to put together an episode talking about his overall investment approach, how Buffett and Munger influenced him and his incredible investment track record through his fund, the Nomad Investment partner.

[00:00:50] He achieved a stellar total return of 921% versus 117% for the world Index during the fund’s tenure of 13 years from 2001 to 2014. I also touch on his home run investments in Berkshire Hathaway, Costco, in Amazon. His Amazon investment in his personal portfolio got so large in his portfolio that he actually decided to sell half of it and allocate it to a fourth company, a sauce, which I’ll be diving into at the end of this episode…

…[00:24:43] These companies like Costco and Amazon that he owned, they were doing just as well in the bad economic times as they were in the good While overall. I’ll be diving into the scaled economics model here in a little bit, but I want to focus on the financial crisis now. While overall retail sales were down 10%, Amazon’s biggest day leading up to Christmas was 16% higher in 2008 than in 2007.

[00:25:09] Even though many of the companies they owned were down 50% in 2008, the businesses themselves still continued to surge ahead. He said that Amazon was priced as if it wouldn’t grow in the future, despite them seeing some of the best growth prospects they could ever imagine for a company. By mid 2009, Amazon’s revenues were up over 60% over the past couple of years.

[00:25:33] Yet the stock was all doom and gloom. The business did so well. It was almost as if a credit crisis made Amazon’s business even stronger than it would’ve been otherwise. Here’s how Sleep rounded out his 2008 letter quote. The commentary in the press is uniformly gloomy, and this is serving to depress share price.

[00:25:54] What we know is that prices are lower than a few years ago in corporate behavior is improv. We mean no disrespect to those unfortunate enough to lose their jobs or caught up in other people’s. Too busy to think mistakes and scandals. But from the perspective of an investor, there is less to worry about today than there was a few years ago.

[00:26:15] Indeed, I doubt that worrying is the solution to anything. Particularly we are reminded of Winston Churchill’s story of a man on his death bed. I have had a lot of trouble in my life saying the dying. Most of which never happened. It may not feel like it, but for a long term investor, this is the best of times, not the worst.

[00:26:36] It is in this environment that people sell their GTOs for 750 pounds. Take heart and look to the horizon. End quote. Now this reference to the GTO is referring to a story he told about a motor car that sold for just ridiculously cheap…

…[00:27:58] At this time of utter chaos, since the end of 2008, Berkshire today is up 344%. Costco is up 825% and Amazon is up 4008%. I repeat 4008%. Now, I expected the recovery of the Nomad Fund to be pretty good relative to the index in the year to come in 2009, but I did not expect it to be this good. To round out 2009, the Nomad Fund was up 71% while the World Index was up 30% from 2009 through 2013, Nomad returned investors 404%…

…All right, so let’s get started with Costco. It was at the end of 2002 when he first started discussing his position in Costco and his letters. This was a 3.1% position in the fund at the time.

[00:33:05] He recognized early on that Costco was a great business and he still owns it today. Since the beginning of 2002, Costco shares are up tenfold. To give a quick recap of their business model, Costco is a warehouse retailer that charged a $45 membership fee at the time to allow members to shop in their store.

[00:33:26] A key differentiator for Costco relative to other retailers was that they implemented an everyday low pricing strategy and they never marked up their products more than 15% from what they bought them. While Walmart at the time had markups of around 20%, and the industry standard was really around 30%.

[00:33:45] So Costco customers know that Costco is giving them a great price on their products, and there isn’t really any marketing schemes to offer temporary discounts on their products. You know, every time you go into Costco and make a purchase, You’re getting a great price, at least relative to what they pay to their suppliers.

[00:34:04] Now, what I like to look for and find in a business is what Jim Collins popularize, which is called the flywheel effect. The Costco model definitely had a flywheel effect as well. The low prices would lure customers in, which means that Costco receives more profits as a result of the greater number of customer.

[00:34:23] Costco would then use those profits to go out and open more stores wherever they found the best opportunities to do so. Since Costco then had more stores, they had more bargaining power over their suppliers, which in turn would incentivize even more customers to join and purchase that membership, and so on and so forth.

[00:34:42] This was the Costco business model, The standard markup strategy they used continued to push the cost savings onto the customer. Build that trust with them to keep coming back year after year, after year to do more and more shopping. Now, Sleep refers to the Costco and the Amazon business model actually as the shared economics model.

[00:35:03] Both of these companies are super cost efficient, so they can offer super low prices. So as the business grows, their prices are able to go lower and lower, which begets more growth. So as the business grows, their moat grows and the quality of the company and the amount of time the company is able to withstand extends as they grow, as they build more customers and build more stores.

[00:35:27] So customers actually benefit from the growth of the company. For a company like say Nike, that has a high margin business, the same really can’t be said as each year they are paying a high margin for Nike’s products, and Nike’s really relying on that brand with loyalty. But for Costco, you’re getting better prices each year.

[00:35:48] As the company grows in, the economies of scale are shared with the customers. At the time, Sleep estimated that Costco could fund itself to grow at around 14% per year. From that point, he said that this level of growth was much more sustainable than the companies that the retailed crowd was chasing at the time.

[00:36:07] With growth of 30% or more for many of the companies, he estimated that Costco could reach a thousand stores in the. And 200 stores in the uk. While at the time they had 284 in the US and 14 in the uk. So a ton of room for long term growth. According to his assessment of the market, Costco’s stock peaked in 2000 at around $55 per share.

[00:36:31] And Nomad purchased at $30 per share according to his 2002 shareholder letter, and they ended up purchasing more over the years. Of course, he stated that he believed a reasonable valuation for Costco was north of $50 per share at the end of 2002. And in his letter he stated, Costco is as perfect a growth stock as we have analyzed and is available in the stock market at close to half price.

[00:36:57] In 2004, Costco was trading at a earnings multiple of 24, while the PE ratio today is around 35, 36, so we have a 50% higher. Today, if I had to guess why? Part of it is likely due to the market’s appreciation of the quality of the business Costco has, and the other part is probably because the overall market is just priced higher today than in 2004.

[00:37:23] A lot more people know about Costco now than they did then too. So he also explained how Costco is so difficult to compete with because they’re just so giving to the customer. Wall Street, you know, oftentimes urges companies to give back to the shareholders rather than the customers through things like share repurchases through dividends.

[00:37:44] This is exactly what most shareholders want, including Wall Street. But Costco gives a lot of their earnings potential actually, to their customers, and this in turn leads to a stronger business that is more likely to sustain far, far into the future. It’s truly a business that focuses on the long-term.

[00:38:03] Which aligns right with Sleep’s investment philosophy. When purchasing a great business, Sleep oftentimes would interview management of a company, and he just saw that the management team was so serious about never marking up their products more than 15%. You know, there might be a time where they can make a killing on some specific product, they get at a huge discount.

[00:38:22] But management was like, “No, we’re going to pass on these savings to the customer.” So they just did it over and over and over. And the model has definitely. One idea that Sleep wrote about was related to business quality and moats. If you’re holding a business for the long term, it is extremely important that the company has a strong moat.

[00:38:40] The difficulty really lies in assessing the strength of a company’s m.o. because it’s not necessarily a number you can just point to on a balance sheet or on an income statement. It’s more of a qualitative metric that’s up to the eye of the beholder. Sleep talked about the idea of the robustness ratio, which analyzes how much a company saves their customers relative to how much money the company actually makes.

[00:39:05] In theory, a business that saves customers a ton of money and makes very little money relative to how much they save their customers, you know, that’ll be very hard to disrupt, at least relative to a business that has high profits relative to what they save their customer. This concept definitely applies to Costco because with the way their business is set up, it actually discourages competition because of how much investment it would take to make the same amount of money that Costco does.

[00:39:33] On top of that, you’re already competing with a really strong brand that Costco is built for their customers. Sleep estimated that for every $1 in profit Costco, Customers were saving $5. Now, he actually came up with this idea of the robustness ratio from Warren Buffett when he described Geico. Buffett stated in his 2005 annual letter that Geico was saving their customers roughly $1 billion in earning $1 billion in pretax profits as well.

[00:40:02] So in Buffett’s eyes, it was clear that Geico had a moat. Because of the enormous cost savings they passed down to their customers relative to the profit they receiv. Sleep took that idea and applied it to Costco, claiming they had a moat as well, in that the quality of the moat could actually be quantified through the robustness ratio.

[00:40:21] You know, just using one metric to get an idea of how strong it was. He makes it clear that the robustness ratio isn’t the end all, be all of a mote. It’s just one indicator to get a rough idea.

3. FTX Had a Death Spiral – Matt Levine

The worst case is something like:

  1. You have 100 Customer As who are long Bitcoin on margin: They each have 1 Bitcoin in their accounts and owe you $10,000.
  2. You have 100 Customer Bs who are short Bitcoin on margin: They each have $20,000 in their account and owe you 0.5 Bitcoin.
  3. You have loaned 50 of the Customer As’ Bitcoins to the Customer Bs, and $1 million of the Customer Bs’ dollars to the Customer As. You keep the other 50 Bitcoins and $1 million as collateral.
  4. Your accounts show that you owe clients 100 Bitcoins and $2 million, and that they owe you back 50 Bitcoins and $1 million, and you have 50 Bitcoins and $1 million on hand, so everything balances.
  5. You have one Customer C who says “hi I would like to borrow 50 Bitcoins and $1 million, I will secure that loan with 150,000 FTT, each of which is worth $20.”
  6. You say “sure, sounds good,” and hand over all your collateral.
  7. Now you have 150,000 of FTT, worth $3 million, as collateral (and no Bitcoins or dollars).
  8. Your accounts show that you owe clients 100 Bitcoins and $2 million and 150,000 FTT, and they owe you back 100 Bitcoins and $2 million, and you have 150,000 FTT of collateral, so everything balances.

But then if the value of FTT drops to zero, you have nothing. You have no Bitcoins to give to the customers to whom you owe Bitcoins, no dollars to give to the customers to whom you owe dollars. You just have to call up Customer C and say “hey we need all those dollars and Bitcoins back.” But Customer C will not want to give you back all those valuable dollars and Bitcoins in exchange for now-worthless FTT. Also the fact that Customer C had all that FTT in the first place is not a great sign. It is an FTT whale, and FTT is now worthless. Has it been borrowing elsewhere against FTT? Are all those debts coming due?

Now let’s add a few more FTX-specific elements. One is that FTX is an exchange for levered traders, offering products like perpetual futures and leveraged tokens that build in margin lending. So whereas the basic model of Coinbase is “they buy Bitcoin for you and put it in an envelope,” the basic model of FTX has to be “they lend you money to buy crypto and then make use of your crypto to get the money.” In financial terms, they have to rehypothecate your collateral; you can’t expect them to just keep it in an envelope if they’re lending you the money to buy it.

The other is that FTX is closely associated with a hedge fund called Alameda Research. Sam Bankman-Fried founded Alameda to do crypto arbitrage and market-making trades, and then he founded FTX to basically have a better exchange for Alameda to trade on. Alameda has lots of FTT, and last week Coindesk reported on its balance sheet; the gist of that report was “wow its balance sheet is mostly FTT”:

The financials make concrete what industry-watchers already suspect: Alameda is big. As of June 30, the company’s assets amounted to $14.6 billion. Its single biggest asset: $3.66 billion of “unlocked FTT.” The third-largest entry on the assets side of the accounting ledger? A $2.16 billion pile of “FTT collateral.”

There are more FTX tokens among its $8 billion of liabilities: $292 million of “locked FTT.” (The liabilities are dominated by $7.4 billion of loans.)

That is not in itself a reason for a run on FTX! It might be a reason for the price of FTT to go down, if you think that Alameda has too much of it and might need to sell it.

The reason for a run on FTX is that you think that Alameda is, in my terminology, Customer C. The reason for a run on FTX is if you think that FTX loaned Alameda a bunch of customer assets and got back FTT in exchange. If that’s the case, then a crash in the price of FTT will destabilize FTX. If you’re worried about that, you should take your money out of FTX before the crash. If everyone is worried about that, they will all take their money out of FTX. But FTX doesn’t have their money; it has FTT, and a loan to Alameda. If they all take their money out, that’s a bank run.

And all of this is self-fulfilling: If you are worried about FTX’s business, then the price of FTT should go down. If the price of FTT goes down, then FTX’s business is riskier, because it has less collateral. If, say, the operator of the biggest crypto exchange gently raises one eyebrow and says “FTT, eh?” that can be enough to topple FTX. FTT goes down, leaving FTX undercapitalized, leading to customer withdrawals, leading to ruin.

Anyway it is still early and confusing but that seems to be the story of FTX. Coindesk reported on Alameda’s FTT exposure, and then Changpeng “CZ” Zhao, the founder of Binance Holdings Ltd., the largest crypto exchange, raised eyebrows by tweeting that Binance would sell its FTT holdings “due to recent revelations.” People worried that this would tank the price of FTT and put pressure on FTX, so they started withdrawing money from FTX. FTX didn’t have the money, and Bankman-Fried started calling around asking for a loan or a bailout. Eventually he called CZ himself, and they announced a non-binding letter of intent for Binance to acquire FTX and make customers whole. Bankman-Fried’s fortune basically vanished, as did his “ emperor aura.” Venture capital investors in FTX — which last raised money at a $32 billion valuation — are probably getting zeroed, the price of FTT collapsed, and now regulators are investigating.

4. Is Alameda Research Insolvent? – Dirty Bubble Media

On November 2nd, a report from Coindesk shared some critical financial details from Alameda Research, the crypto hedge fund controlled by crypto mogul Sam Bankman-Fried (“SBF”). Coindesk reported that they had obtained a copy of the hedge fund’s Q2 balance sheet. According to their reporting, the company’s balance sheet is comprised of:

  • Total assets: $14.6 billion. This is comprised of $5.8 billion FTT token, $1.2 billion Solana token (SOL), $3.37 billion in unidentified “crypto held,” $2 billion in “investments in equity securities.” This leaves roughly $2.2 billion in assets. According to our sources, hundreds of millions of dollars of the remaining assets are comprised by Alameda’s holdings of the Serum (SRM), Oxygen (OXY), MAPS, and FIDA tokens, all of which are from other SBF projects. According to this balance sheet, Alameda only had $134 million in cash on hand in June 2022.
  • Total liabilities: $8 billion, of which $7.4 billion is “loans,” with another $292 million worth of FTT token owed. The remainder is unidentified by the Coindesk article.

This purported leak of Alameda’s financials demonstrates that the firm’s largest asset is its holdings of “FTX Token (FTT),” issued by none other than SBF’s FTX Exchange. The FTT token on Alameda’s balance sheet is roughly 1/3 of their total assets and equal to 88% of Alameda’s net equity. In other words, the firm’s largest asset is a crypto token issued by SBF’s other company, with a very significant portion of their assets in tokens issued by other related parties.

It’s almost as if SBF found a way to hack the financial system, printing billions of dollars out of thin air against which he was able to borrow massive sums from unknown counterparties. Almost as if he discovered a financial perpetual motion machine…

…Readers of this site will recall that the now-defunct Celsius Network, a multi-billion dollar crypto lending firm (Ponzi scam) with very close ties to SBF, was destroyed in part by its token, CEL. Celsius Network was built around the CEL token, under the brilliant idea that it could be used to spin up billions of dollars in free assets. The structure of a flywheel scheme is quite simple:

  1. Create a token: Tokens are literally just bits of code on a blockchain. Program that sucker up and get rolling. Make sure you retain the majority of those tokens on your balance sheet for maximum flywheeling.
  2. Pump the token’s price: Retain a “market maker.” Buy tokens using your customer’s assets. Wash trade it to infinity. Do whatever it takes to drive that price sky-high! And since you kept most of the tokens for yourself, there’s that many fewer tokens out there to pump.
  3. Mark those babies to market: That’s right! Now you reap your rewards; at least, on paper. Now you can show billions of dollars in “assets” on your balance sheet.
  4. Show off your success: Now’s the time to cash in. Hook some savvy investors (suckers), like pension funds, into massively overpaying for your equity or into making you big loans collateralized by your token.
  5. Keep that flywheel spinning: Now you have real dollars. Buy yourself something nice, like stadium naming rights, politicians, or failed crypto companies. But don’t forget: If the flywheel stops spinning, you’re gonna have a bad time.

Of course, nothing is really this simple. It turns out that the flywheel scheme is just another bit of unsustainable financial engineering, for a couple of reasons. First, as your drive the price of your token higher, it begins to cost more to keep the price up; the people that own the token are increasingly incentivized to sell out, forcing you to buy more tokens at higher prices. Eventually, you either run out of money, own all of the tokens in existence, or stop buying. Which you can’t do, because if you stop it all comes crashing down.

More critically, it turns out that marking massive quantities of totally illiquid assets to market only generates wealth on paper. Celsius, despite holding hundreds of millions in CEL above liabilities, cannot liquidate any significant portion of those tokens without crashing the price of the token to zero. Such is the danger of controlling over 90% of the total tokens in circulation when nobody wants to own them in the first place!..

…According to Coindesk’s report, Alameda owned $5.8 billion FTT tokens in June of 2022. According to market aggregator CoinGecko, this is equivalent to 180% of the total circulating supply of the tokens:…

…A scan of the blockchain confirms that FTT ownership is highly concentrated, with 93% of the total tokens held by only 10 addresses:…

…All this to say that Alameda will never be able to cash in a significant portion of FTT to pay back its debts. There are few buyers, and the largest buyer appears to be the very company Alameda is most closely tied to. The reality of this situation is that the vast majority of the value Alameda accrues to FTT token is unrealizable, and the fair market value of their FTT in the event of large sales would rapidly approach $0.

5. Kirsten Green – Investing in Consumer Change – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and Kirsten Green

Patrick: [00:10:18] When you think about the list of pre-research hypotheses that you had, which one was the most wrong?

Kirsten: [00:10:25] There’s so much conversation about climate change and about the need for changing our ways that everybody would be interested in participating in that, particularly the younger generation, the younger generation. I mean I have kids telling me I should — “That’s recyclable, mom, that shouldn’t go in the trash,” or “Can you please buy an electric car instead of that gas car?” When we went and looked at this data at a really detailed level, the person that was most concerned about behaving in a way that aligned with environmental causes was a middle-aged, busy adult in a lower income bracket, so surprising. To me, I was like, they have got too many other pressures to be thinking about this. And it’s — a lot of times, many of those practices are still on the more expensive angle. So I was just really curious that, that audience was in tune to it in a certain way. The other thing, like specifically, is crypto and all this conversation that was — kind of ruled the day in ’21, we sort of had this fantasy or this perception that this was a young generation really kind of fueling that fire. That also is much more of a middle-aged person.

Patrick: [00:11:37] That’s bizarre.

Kirsten: [00:11:38] A much more of a less — it has all the other attributes of somebody who’s an early adopter or who’s techy. And that was really interesting, too. And there’s a list of others, but we’re going to publish a report.

Patrick: [00:11:49] We’ll save it. We’re going to show everything today. I’m really interested by the 12 personas and sort of who historically of those personas has driven a lot of the spending in the consumer space. Obviously, we’re going to get to investing here soon. For the most part, even if it’s interactive ads or something on one of the social platforms, you’re looking for revenue from these persona groups in the consumer business. I would love you to just riff on who is it that drives the spending? And is that changing at all?

Kirsten: [00:12:15] So we looked at this body of work to say some of the qualitative things we’ve been talking about and then to put an overlay around what are the size of these different archetypes and what is the spending power of these archetypes, and then what does it cost to be – exist, so what’s nondiscretionary and what’s discretionary to really understand, again, where was their purchasing power, adoption power. The other thing when we try to translate this stuff over into the investing in the business side is to think about where are we on the continuum of those groups evolving. So today, they might sit in one bubble representing one set of spending power. But in 5 years, they’re going to get advanced on the spectrum in some ways, maybe in some behavioral ways and some financial ways. And we’re early-stage venture investors. We’re trying to thread that needle between — what we’re really looking for is something that’s going to be on everyone’s mind a couple of years from now, 5 years, 10 years from now. It’s going to have broad adoption and people are going to be like, “Oh, yes, I can’t remember when we didn’t have that.” That’s a 10-year continuum, but it has enough relevancy that it can be relevant to adopt it today by some critical mass to create scale. And so you’ve got to understand where the demand is flowing when we think about where the spending power is today, where it’s going to be tomorrow and where the push for change is, that’s less surprising to people probably on the continuum. You are looking at someone who’s just out of college today but being much more relevant in a lot of these ways when there are parties, let’s say, to the person that’s mid-life and going through a lot of changes. Like those are really transformative years. And so that has always been the case. That’s why everybody always focuses on 18 to 45, and you get to 45, when you’re suddenly like, “Am I relevant or not anymore?” I mean the reality is there’s a ton of money, a ton of money in the baby boomer on the upside. And it’s a shifting profile on what’s discretionary and nondiscretionary. And there’s a big need there, but there’s also less behavior change. So it’s a complicated picture but it’s an interesting lens to put over, obviously, all your investing…

Patrick: [00:47:06] You’ve invested in product categories that are far apart from each other in the consumer space, but all have tended to have very strong brands, at least in hindsight. I thought it’d be interesting to spend a few minutes talking about your take on brand, given how many amazing brands you’ve been associated with and helped grow and probably those that you’ve seen not work as well. And I know you’re coming out with a big, really interesting report that we’re looking forward to at the end of this year on a huge study that you’ve done on all these consumers and different brands around the world. So we won’t steal the thunder from that report. But I’d love if you could introduce it maybe at the highest level, sort of the framework that you think might emerge from that. And then we’ll talk about some case studies rather than talk about the specific framework and then look forward to what you publish later on this year.

Kirsten: [00:47:50] We have, over time, like teased out a view on that, but we really felt like we needed to take a step back, think about all of the lessons that we’ve learned, all of the observations that we’ve made, all of the reading that we’ve done around brands and say, what really makes a good brand? What is a framework that we might be able to use to help the companies that we’re working with, understand whether they’re on a path to set the stage and foundation for building a great brand? And so through those efforts, we came up with 6 core tenets that we felt really underpinned brand. And again, this is like from a mosaic of inputs. And then we went about kicking tires and testing on that from every angle. So we started with our own hypotheses and our own research. We went and had interviews with people who are experts in the industry. So people that are leaders of some of the most well-known recognizable brands and brands that we revere, we went and had conversations with people who are behind the scenes, brand whispers, if you will, working at agencies and have been doing this for decades across dozens or hundreds of brands, and we interviewed them along the criteria. We then went to consumers, and we went to over 14,000 people over the course of the study to explore their impressions of these 6 criteria and their impressions of brands.

And we started with a list of 100 brands, and we tried to get a real cross spectrum of things that would be obviously on the list and things that might not obviously be on the list. But really, they were focused on businesses at scale that are more or less known because we wanted to also talk to customers and noncustomers to really get a feeling for like does it vary between customers and noncustomers, can you actually build a brand and make a statement without having had a customer-first relationship. So we compared all of that information and ultimately got conviction around a framework, awaiting for a framework and scored these brands and build what we think is a pretty comprehensive list of traits and rankings and explored the rankings from all different angles in addition to those on the matrix, like, for instance, how big their businesses are, how fast their businesses have grown, et cetera. And it was really interesting and really fun. And I think it started to poke more questions and more explorations, which ultimately is like a pretty big body of work and conversation on this topic.

Patrick: [00:50:13] If you could sum it up in like a simple idea that wouldn’t betray the whole formula, how would you sum it up?

Kirsten: [00:50:20] A good brand delivers on its promise. A good brand has a clear directive around what relationship it wants to have with the consumers and the community at large, and it delivers on that in a consistent way across multiple or all touch points.

6. Ramon Pacheco Pardo, Shrimp to Whale: South Korea from the Forgotten War to K-Pop – Kalani Scarrott and Ramon Pacheco Pardo

Kalani Scarrott (07:17): Yeah. And I’ll ask this at the beginning just in case it might lead us down some rabbit holes, but your favorite period or even moment in South Korean history?

Ramon Pacheco Pardo (07:24): Yeah, that’s a great question. I mean, I really like a study in the 1980s, ’90s, the transition to democracy period because it was a people’s led process. And I find that very interesting how you saw different groups coming together. you have the student and workers movement that have been pressing for democracy for decades, but that’s the start of a strong feminist movement in Korea that also joins this fight for democracy among other things. but also normal white collar workers, office workers that traditionally have been less politicized in Korea. And obviously this group was smaller when Korea was poor, that also you in the fight for democracy. So you had all these different groups coming together. So I think that’s the one I enjoyed the most studying and researching and writing about.

Kalani Scarrott (08:15): Yeah. And in the book, you made a great illustration on the growth after the war, cause I think off the top of my head, the IMF even called South Korea basket case. So the growth from after the war. And you gave this great illustration just from someone being born in 1920 through to them turning 50. So could you highlight the changes they saw and what that looked like?

Ramon Pacheco Pardo (08:34): Yeah, it is interesting you, you pick up on the, on that, because quite a few readers have mentioned that, right? Including many Koreans who went through that process and said, Oh, that was me, right back in the day. So yes, that section I mean, I go back to someone who, who may have been born when Korea was under Japanese colonial rule who may have been sent to a Japanese mine as a slave worker, basically. Or who was a woman who may have been a sex slave or comfort women, right? Sent to one of the stations that Japan had during the Second World War. So a real suffering. We’re talking here, being a slave, basically of another country, right? And then how this person, during the Korean War, or after the Korean War, of course, during the Korean War, they would have suffer family losses after the Korean War having really poor.

(09:24): And that’s exactly when the World Bank was saying, Look, Korea is not, South Korea is not going to grow. It has no future, basically. And that person would have had to work extremely hard, obviously for his or her own sake to begin with, but also for the good of the country, for the country to, we can develop. And by the 1970s this person would live in a flat, probably in some cases, for the first time ever, they would be able to live in a flat they would have a TV, a fridge, things that in other countries were taken for granted. Of course you know, Europe, Australia, Canada, the US, but certainly not in Korea at the time. they would be able to scrap some holidays from time to time, probably to Jeju island of course in the south of South Korea.

(10:10): And they would have a completely different life from the moment when they were born. I draw this picture so to speak, in the book because if we compare with other countries that were already developed, where the development process took hundreds of years, really, we’re not even talking about decades. this wasn’t necessarily the case in other countries when the case of Korea, this was this compressed development in a period of 30, 40 years going for being colonized and extreme poverty to having a fairly middle class life, fairly stable job. And as I said, being able to go on holiday, something that certainly hadn’t been taken for granted by Koreans in, in history. Really.

Kalani Scarrott (10:52): Yeah. And it’s the insane growth and how quickly it’s all happened. That’s maybe what’s fascinating to me, cause I’ll pull this from your book “in 1953, South Korea was poorer than Subha Sub-Saharan Africa than the poorest region in the world.” And again, little to no natural resources. So some thought there might be better futures on the African continent, but what has South Korea done differently or maybe done better than other countries that have allowed it to succeed then? Yeah,

Ramon Pacheco Pardo (11:15): It’s interesting cause the comparison with Sub-Saharan Africa wasn’t mine, actually. It came from official documents that I read from different institutions, right? In a sense they were trying to say that back then there were different parts of the world that were really poor, right? And, and, and one of them was Korea the Korean peninsula in South Korea. And I think South Korea was able to do is actually three things. One of them, he was able to focus on the basics. So something that even before the 1960s, even after the Korean War, there was this focus on, on having universal education both girls and boys, actually, not only boys. That’s happening in some other countries Vaccination, for example. So, kids basically wouldn’t pass away, right? From, from tuberculosis or other diseases.

(12:08): And also focusing on the development of infrastructure. So trying to build housing, trying to build roads, railroads as well. So trying to build the basic infrastructure that any country would need if they want you to export. And that would be the second key point in the case of Korea, that other countries, if you look for example, at Latin America, they were focusing on this import substitution policy whereby they just wanted to get rid of foreign goods right, and produce domestic goods. But the case of credits was supplemented by exporting, right? By making goods that would be exported to the rest of the world. Of course, South Korea was not the first country to think about this. Mexicans have done it in the past, but South Korea really emphasizes in 1950s. So from the 1960s onwards and especially related to these, the emphasis on moving up the value added chain, because other developing countries, I wouldn’t say they were happy to only focus on textiles, shoes, et cetera, et cetera, but maybe had the long term thinking just say, Okay, how do we move to the next stage?

(13:12): Right? things like iron, for example, chemicals sorry, steel, chemicals later on shipping, semiconductors, et cetera, et cetera. So there was this focus on export about the long term component. And I think the third aspect is the strong network that the government had with the Chaebols that dominated the current economy, the big conglomerates these had downsides, of course there was corruption and, and some felt that the government was telling them basically what to do, at least until the 1980s. but they had upsides as well, which was you had these very big companies that were able to receive the capital from the state, but then they were able to become internationally competitive. And if they had been a small medium size enterprises, it might be me, have been very difficult to scale up sufficiently to be able to, to export so that, that matter as well in the case of Korea and to whether with the two of them, of course, the, the, the first aspect that I mentioned, you had this long-term planning to have a healthy population, educated population, and then they were, they were the workforce for this Chaebol that we’re working together with the government.

Kalani Scarrott (14:22): Yeah, there’s a million different threads I could pull on there, but I’ll start with the Chaebols. So could you explain, just for someone who’s never heard of the term, what they are, and then maybe why were they able to flourish and what’s their function, I guess, in the greater economy of South Korea?

Ramon Pacheco Pardo (14:35): Yeah, absolutely. There are these big conglomerates that span many different sectors. So they can span 30, 40, 50, 60 different sectors. Now, this gives them a couple of advantages. one of them is a variable to attract more capital because of their size, right? most of them are too big to fail, even though the, in Asian financial crisis, maybe this wasn’t the case if we look at some of them, but for many, we thought they were too big to fail. So obviously they receive a state support as, as well. And, and second characteristic, because they were in so many different sectors. If you look at the Chaebols such as Samsung, we know them because of the semiconductors and mobile phones. So if you go to Korea, for example, they also doing insurance. They’re involved in the housing sector, so involved in all types of sectors.

(15:26): And, and of course the advantage of this is that if one of the sectors is not working quite well, but some others are working better, right? this means that the Chaebol can survive, right? It’s not focused on a single sector. They’re very diversified. and if one of them is not working well, they can cut their losses and focus on other ones, right? And, example of Samsung that they just mentioned, for example, for a while, Samsung tried to get into the car making sector. This actually didn’t work right? But, but it’s very strong in many other sectors. So the, the company didn’t disappear, it was able to continue, right? So this allows for a long term planning that it wouldn’t be able, if you only focus on one sector or, or you only had one company essentially in two or three sectors only…

Kalani Scarrott (18:43): And yeah, for South Korea overall going forward, how bullish and excited or positive are you about their future? Because you mentioned they’ve moved up the value-added chain. So what is now what in the past might have been steel, shipbuilding now is semiconductors, internet of things, because Korea’s done very well, over 50 million population, economy’s fourth largest in Asia, and 10th in the world by GDP. So yeah, where do they go from here?

Ramon Pacheco Pardo (19:05): Yes. I mean, that’s really good question. Cause there is a big discussion in, in Korea. I mean, it’s not new, but you can trace it back at least to the 1980s about to what extent Korea can continue to thrive, especially in consideration like this next to China, right? And, China is also moving up the value added chain. This has been a very big fear in Korea. As I said, it’s not new, It has been there for 40 years, but Korea has been able to continue to innovate to an extent that hasn’t been absorbed, so to speak by China. there was also fear in the past that he wouldn’t be able to compete with Japan. So again, that it would be a squeeze between high tech, Japan, low wage China. But now if we look at Korea, it competes at the global level, not only with Japan, in, in some sector, in some sectors, of course Japan and other countries, US, Europe, other countries are more technological advanced.

(19:53): But in some others, if you look at semiconductors, well Korea’s have there, along with Taiwan, for example. if you look at the green shipping which is I think the next big growth engine for Korea it leads at the global level, not in shipping first of all, but in the more environmentally friendly ships that increasingly we have to use for transportation, right? At the global level. if you look at robotics Korea’s getting up there, together with Japan, which is probably the most advanced country in this, in this sector, right? And now you see for example, after the pandemic, the biotech sector, right? So, so Korea, for the first time ever really developing an indigenous vaccine, it wasn’t able to export it. But who knows in the future it might be something that is able to do, to do as well.

(20:37): So I think innovation really is, is where Korea can thrive. I think it’s well known there is a population decline. Of course, some people see this as a challenge. but then I think there is a debate there because it can be a challenge if there are less workers, but we focus on the economy. Something interesting that you see in Koreas that focus on these less labor intensive sectors, cause it doesn’t have enough workers, right? And more focused on these high tech, capital intensive sectors. Plus, for example something very interesting, whenever I visit the increasing presence of robots actually before it was in factories only, but now you go to the airport or you go to a restaurant and you see robots because they simply don’t have enough workers, right? So robots, for example, they will take your dishes, you know, once they’re dirty instead of a waiter doing this because they don’t have enough, right?

(21:25): So after each of the robot, then they have to take it somewhere so it can be picked up, right? So I think that’s where I see the future of Korea going. The innovation, right? And innovation also on how to drive economic growth within the workforce. Because I, I don’t think even if the birth rate goes up is, is not going to reach the replacement rate doesn’t happen any developed country actually. And that’s not going to happen in Korea. And I don’t see Korea opening up too much migration that’s not really on the cards in my view. We may be surprised, but I don’t think it’s on the cards. So, so we’re going to see this innovation in terms of how to drive growth in an environment, which you actually have less workers as well.

7. How Binance CEO and aides plotted to dodge regulators in U.S. and UK – Tom Wilson and Angus Berwick

As 2022 dawned, Changpeng Zhao was riding high. In less than five years, the founder and chief executive of Binance had turned his young company into the world’s largest crypto exchange, accounting for more than half the trading in the trillion-dollar market.

True, global authorities were scrutinising crypto exchanges ever-more closely. But the Chinese-born billionaire, known to staff and fans by his initials, CZ, had that covered. He told customers in a blog post in January that Binance “embraces regulations” and “has always worked collaboratively with regulators all over the world.”

Behind the scenes, however, trouble loomed.

For at least a year before that post, the U.S. Justice Department had been pursuing a money laundering investigation into Binance, seeking extensive records on Binance’s policies and the conduct of Zhao and other top executives, Reuters reported on Sept. 1. Binance called such requests a “standard process” and said it works with agencies worldwide to address their questions.

Now, new reporting by Reuters reveals fresh details about Binance’s strategy for keeping regulators at arm’s length and continuing disarray in its compliance programme. The reporting includes interviews with around 30 former employees, advisers and business partners and a review of thousands of company messages, emails and documents dated between 2017 and early 2022.

It shows that in 2018, Zhao approved a plan by lieutenants to “insulate” Binance from scrutiny by U.S. authorities by setting up a new American exchange. The new exchange would draw regulators’ attention away from the main platform by serving as a “regulatory inquiry clearing house,” according to the proposal. Executives went on to set the plan in motion, company messages show.

In public, Zhao said the new U.S. exchange – called Binance.US – was a “fully independent entity.” In reality, Zhao controlled Binance.US, directing its management from abroad, according to regulatory filings from 2020, company messages and interviews with former team members. An adviser, in a message to Binance executives, described the U.S. exchange as a “de facto subsidiary.

This year, Binance.US’s compliance operation has been in turmoil. Almost half the U.S. compliance team quit by mid-2022 after a new U.S. boss was appointed by Zhao, according to four people who worked at Binance.US. The staff left, these people said, because the new chief pushed them to register users so swiftly that they couldn’t conduct proper money laundering checks.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. We currently have a vested interest in Amazon, Apple. and Costco. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 06 November 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 06 November 2022:

1. Nuclear energy: past, present and future – Julia DeWahl

Nuclear energy’s reputation has been dealt several major blows by the nuclear disasters of Three Mile Island (1979), Chernobyl (1986), and Fukushima (2011). Overblown response and media coverage to each of these events led to a vast misunderstanding of what happened at these events, and how damaging they actually were.

The accident at Three Mile Island in 1979, for example, killed a total of zero (0) people. The incident released negligible amounts of radioactivity — the estimated dose of radioactivity experienced in the local area is equivalent to ⅙ of the amount you’d get with a chest x-ray, and far below the level of background radiation typically experienced in a year.

However, the dramatic evacuation response, permanent shutdown of the reactor, and lack of clarification or attempts to accurately report what actually happened means many Americans still believe Three Mile Island to be a true “disaster” and reason to ban nuclear power plants. It didn’t help that Jane Fonda’s film China Syndrome, depicting a horrific nuclear meltdown, had debuted 12 days earlier.

Two other accidents, Chernobyl in 1986 and Fukushima in 2011, are similarly misunderstood, and Fukushima in particular, blown quite out of proportion. Chernobyl was operating without today’s safety standards. The plant didn’t have a containment dome, which would have helped to prevent the escape of radioactivity. Even more shocking is what caused the accident: the operating team was running an “experiment” that involved switching off automatic safety mechanisms and simulating an emergency. They did this without training or planning. The initial steam explosion killed 3, while 28 firefighters died from acute radiation syndrome (ARS). 15 died from thyroid cancer in the first 25 years after the accident.

The nuclear plant Fukushima Daichi suffered a meltdown from the flooding induced by the tsunami, however only 0 or 1 people died from the accident, with far more damage and loss of life caused by the overblown evacuation response to the accident. The earthquake that caused the tsunami that led to the Fukushima meltdown was the largest in its recorded history, leading to over 15,000 deaths and a massive toll on the built environment of Japan, including many industrial areas.

Despite these accidents, when compared to other industries, nuclear energy is very safe…

…Nuclear waste’s biggest problem is the prevailing belief that it is dangerous. Unlike other energy industries, nuclear takes full responsibility for its waste, also known as spent fuel, keeping it contained and secure so it doesn’t impact the environment. Nuclear fuel, as well as its waste, is also tiny in volume. All of the nuclear waste in the US could fit on a football field, stacked less than 10 yards high.

In addition, spent fuel can be recycled and used again as fuel in reactors. Regulation that stemmed from anti-nuclear weapons activism currently prevents the recycling of nuclear fuel in the United States, however the Department of Energy is supporting new reactor demonstrations that use recycled fuel, a positive sign that we may see things change here.

Finally, spent fuel has a perfect safety record — it has never killed or injured anyone and is safely contained on site at power plants. Air pollution from burning fossil fuels, for example, kills a million people prematurely each year worldwide.⁴ Solar panels produce 300x more toxic waste per unit of energy than nuclear, without any requirement to safely store this waste. Solar panels are therefore starting to end up in landfills, risking leaching toxic chemicals into groundwater…

…Nuclear is far safer than fossil fuels, particularly coal, and on par with renewables in terms of deaths per GW of power produced. Coal emits particulate matter that shortens lives, and deaths from fossil fuel accidents, e.g. natural gas pipeline explosions, far outnumber those of nuclear (as well as wind and solar, both also very safe). There have been no deaths in the US from commercial nuclear power, and relatively few abroad, especially when compared to other energy sources.

Nuclear energy can be produced in a very small footprint; a typical plant requires only about a square mile. In contrast, to produce the same amount of energy, wind requires 260–360x the amount of land, and solar requires 45–75x the amount of land.⁶ With such a small footprint, nuclear energy leaves a lot more land open for other purposes, including conservation.

2. TIP488: Current Market Conditions w/ Richard Duncan– Trey Lockerbie and Richard Duncan

Trey Lockerbie (00:25:23):

Yeah. That yield curve control in Japan, it seems like inevitable, and a lot of other parts of the world. In your most recent book, we were talking about it in our last episode in March, it was episode 424 for those who want to go back and check that out, you wrote that if the Fed were a corporation, it would be the most profitable corporation in the world, even leading Apple by $30 billion, give or take. And we discussed how the Fed actually makes money. The Fed basically creates money, buys bonds or mortgage backed securities and earns the interest with relatively low overhead. It’s around $8 billion or so, mostly paying probably economists. And in September, the Fed’s net income has, for the first time ever, turned negative. So can you describe exactly what’s going on here and the change with the Fed?

Richard Duncan (00:26:14):

Okay. Well, this takes some explanation. Let me begin by saying that when we spoke in February, the data for last year was not yet available. So when I said the Fed, if it had been a corporation, it would be the most profitable in the world, that was for 2020 data. That year, in 2020, the Fed’s profits were $87 billion. And the Fed is required to hand over all of its profits to the government. So that year, the Fed’s profits reduced the US budget deficit by $87 billion. Last year, the data now is available for 2021, the profits were much higher than they were the year before. Last year, the Fed’s profits were $107 billion that it handed over to the US Treasury Department, reducing the budget deficit last year by $107 billion.

(00:27:01):

So how this works, as you mentioned, the Fed creates money essentially at no cost to itself, and it buys bonds in order to pump money into the financial markets. Since those bonds pay interest to the Fed, the Fed has a lot of interest income. And since it created the money that it used to buy those bonds for free, it has very little interest expense thus far. And so with a lot of interest income and little interest expense, that’s where all the profits come from. Now, what has changed is when the Fed creates money, it does this by, it buys a bond, for example, from a bank, and it pays for that bond by making a deposit into that bank’s account at the Federal Reserve. All the banks have a bank account at the Fed. And so when the Fed buys a bond from J.P. Morgan, for example, it’s simply deposits money into J.P. Morgan’s bank account, money that it has created. It is not money that existed before. And that expands the amount of money in J.P. Morgan’s bank account at the Fed. In other words, it expands J.P. Morgan’s bank reserves.

(00:28:10):

Now, what’s happening is bank reserves, because the Fed has created so much money through quantitative easing, starting in 2008, the Fed has created something like… Well, at the end of 2007, the Fed’s total assets were, let’s say, $1 trillion, a little less than a trillion dollars. At the peak, a few months ago, they had increased to $9 trillion. So between 2008 and now, the Fed’s assets had increased by $8 trillion, meaning the Fed had created eight trillion new dollars, and money that it pumped into the financial system, into the banking system, causing bank reserves to expand. Now, there is massive excess supply of bank reserves. People become very confused about what bank reserves are, and it is really a bit difficult to get your mind around it. But on the other hand, it’s not as complicated as you think.

(00:29:03):

Bank reserves, they’re just money. The money gets transferred around the banking system now electronically. And it becomes very confusing when you think about these digits moving around the banking system and from the banks to loans, and the banks might buy bonds or might make investments in stocks. It all becomes very confusing. But if you think of these bank reserves as just dollar bills and follow where the dollar bills are going, or think of them even, to make it more dramatic, think of this as pennies. Just imagine these mountains of pennies that the Fed is creating and just watch where the pennies move. It’s the same. Bank reserves are the same as dollars, or pennies, or anything you want to look at it. When the Fed creates bank reserves, those bank reserves are not going to go away until the Fed destroys them with quantitative tightening.

(00:29:56):

So for example, the Fed may buy a billion dollars of bonds from J.P. Morgan and deposit a billion dollars into J.P. Morgan’s bank reserves. Now, J.P. Morgan can do anything with those bank reserves that it wants. Those reserves are money. So it could lend that billion dollars to Trey Lockerbie. But Trey Lockerbie is not going to keep the billion dollars worth of pennies in his backyard. That would be ridiculous. He’s going to deposit them in his bank, Goldman Sachs, for instance, perhaps. And then so the bank reserves move to Goldman Sachs. They don’t disappear. They’re not going to disappear no matter how much the banks lend or no matter what they do with those bank reserves. They could buy a building with it. They could buy pork bellies. The banks, just because the reserves move around, they don’t disappear, and they’re never going to disappear until the Fed destroys them through quantitative tightening, which the Fed is now doing.

(00:30:48):

Now, so in the past, making a long story even longer, in the past, the way the Fed controlled interest rates, the federal funds rate, there didn’t used to be massive excess reserves. Banks were required to hold a certain portion of their deposits at the Fed, in their bank accounts at the Fed, as reserves to make sure that if suddenly their customers came knocking on the door asking for their deposits back then the banks would have enough reserves to pay the customers their deposit back so there wouldn’t be bank runs. Back in the 19th century sometime the legally required reserve ratio was as high as 20%. The banks were required to keep reserves of 20% at one point. Over time, this required reserve ratio fell and dropped and dropped and dropped. But so you get the idea. These bank reserves were legally mandated, and the banks didn’t keep excess reserves if they didn’t have to. And so reserves were always scarce, and the Fed was able to manage the federal funds rate by making relatively small adjustments in reserve balances.

(00:31:55):

So for example, if it wanted interest rates to go down, then it would buy some bonds from the banking system. And when it buys bonds, it would inject new reserves into the banking system. So that would increase the amount of bank reserves, and that would make bank reserves more plentiful. And so the cost of borrowing reserves would drop. And conversely, if it wanted interest rates to move higher, the Fed would sell some of the bonds that it already owed to a bank, and the bank would have to pay the Fed by transferring its bank reserves to the Fed. And that would make the reserves in the system more scarce, and that would make the federal funds rate move up.

(00:32:33):

So by banking relatively small changes in its open market purchases and sales, in other words, by just selling a relatively small amount of bonds or buying a relatively small amount of bonds, it could change the supply and demand dynamic in the market for federal funds, affecting the federal funds rate. And that’s how the Fed moved up and down the federal funds rate, by small adjustments in making bank reserves more plentiful or more scarce. But after 2008, that doesn’t work anymore because the overall level of bank reserves in the system are not scarce anymore. They’re super abundant. The Fed has effectively created eight trillion extra dollars that are floating around in the financial system. So now the banks have massive excess reserves, any way you look at it. And the only way to get rid of the excess reserves would be for the Fed to entirely reverse all of the money creation that it’s done over the last 14 years, and that’s not going to happen.

(00:33:31):

So the Fed has had to create a new way to control the federal funds rate, and now the way they control the federal funds rate is entirely different than the way they controlled it in the past. Now they control it by paying interest on bank reserves. So before the Fed started hiking interest rates in March, the federal funds rate was about 25 basis points. And so the Fed paid the banks 25 basis points on their bank reserves so that the banks wouldn’t lend money at less than 25 basis points. Why would the banks lend money to anybody else at less than 25 basis points when they can earn 25 basis points interest from the Fed? Well, now every time the federal funds rate moves up, the Fed makes it move up by paying a higher interest rate on bank reserves. So now that the federal funds rate is at a range between three and three and a quarter percent, the Fed’s currently paying 3.1% on all the bank reserves held by the banks, and, therefore, that’s why the banks won’t lend any money at less than 3.1%.

(00:34:33):

That’s how the Fed is moving up the interest rates. If the Fed didn’t pay interest on these bank reserves, then there’s so many reserves, the banks, there’s excess supply of reserves, so that would put downward pressure on interest rates and the Fed would be unable to push interest rates higher. It would be unable to tighten monetary policy to fight inflation. But by this new policy that they introduced in 2008 of paying interest on bank reserves for the first time ever… Before 2008, it was not legal for them to do this. This is how they make the interest rates go up now. So if they increase the federal fund rate by a further 75 basis points in November, then they’ll start paying something like 3.8% on bank reserves and so on and so forth.

(00:35:18):

So suddenly, the whole dynamic has changed. Before, until very recently when the federal fund rate was very close to zero, the Fed didn’t have to pay any interest on bank reserves or on the money that it created, and so all of its interest income was pure profit. But now it still has the same amount of interest income, but the problem is it’s now paying a lot of interest on bank reserves. And so paying 3% interest on all of these bank reserves suddenly means that the Fed has a very high level of interest expense. And apparently, as you mentioned in September, if their net profit turned negative in September, it is because their interest expense, 3% on bank reserves, is greater than their interest income on all of the bonds that they own. And so it’s possible now that it seems likely that for this full year they’ll probably still have a profit, but for next year they will probably make a loss.

(00:36:12):

But of course, you’ve got to keep in mind that the Fed doesn’t have a lot of capital, and it doesn’t have a lot of capital because it gives all of its profits to the government every year. As I think I mentioned earlier, since the Fed was created, it has given the government $1.8 trillion. And just since 2008, most of that has come since 2008 when they started quantitative easing. The Fed has given the government $1 trillion since 2008. If it were a normal bank, all of that would have been in their capital account. But now they don’t have very much capital because they have to give all their profits to the government. So they’re going to make a loss. If they have a loss, they’ll have negative capital. But I don’t think that’s a particularly pertinent issue.

Trey Lockerbie (00:36:53):

It’s not, because I guess my question around that, to your point, was who is the lender to the Fed, right? As far as they run a deficit now, how are they covering that deficit?

Richard Duncan (00:37:05):

So the Fed, of course, can create as much money as it needs, and in the future it will revert to a position where it once again has more interest income than interest expense, assuming that one day interest rates go back down. I think for much of the money the Fed has extended through its quantitative easing programs is guaranteed by the government. So the government debt, instead of being lowered by government profits as it has been practically every year since 1913, the government debt going forward for the next couple of years will probably be higher as a result of the Fed’s losses.

Trey Lockerbie (00:37:45):

Is IOER, the interest on excess reserves, basically the technical term for what you were describing there?

Richard Duncan (00:37:52):

So things become even more complicated because, yes, it is, but in addition to bank reserves, bank reserves are on the Fed’s… They’re liabilities. But suddenly there’s a new big item on the Fed’s liability side that didn’t exist very long ago, and that is reverse repurchase agreements. And rather than that, so banks have bank accounts at the Fed, and that’s where they keep their bank reserves. Suddenly, over the last couple of decades, money market mutual funds have become a big new thing, relatively speaking, over the last couple of decades. And these money market mutual funds also need some place to make a profit. They’ve got, I think, last I looked, nearly $5 trillion of assets. And so this forced the Fed to allow them essentially to all have bank accounts at the Fed also in the form of reverse repurchase agreements. It’s essentially the same thing as bank reserves, except reverse repurchase agreements are where the money market mutual funds can park their money, and they will also be paid 3% interest right now since that’s where the federal funds rate is. And that will prevent them from lending to anyone at less than 3%.

(00:39:04):

So the Fed now has to pay interest on not only bank reserves but on what are effectively the reserves of the money market mutual funds. It has to pay interest on both of these. Bank reserves are around $3 trillion, and money market mutual funds have about $2.2 trillion at the Fed. So, that’s something like $5.2 trillion that the Fed is now paying interest on, and that is why their interest expenses shot up, and that’s why their profits have dropped from over 100 billion last year to probably a negative number next year. Now, this is a real issue that I think there is a solution to. There is no reason for the Fed to be paying interest on bank reserves because the banks didn’t do anything to earn those reserves. They didn’t make loans, they didn’t speculate in pork bellies, they didn’t nothing whatsoever to earn those reserves.

(00:39:56):

The Fed’s action created those reserves by creating money and depositing that money into the bank’s reserve accounts. That money is a pure function of the Fed policy, nothing whatsoever to do with what the banks have done. And so all of the profits the banks are earning on this 3% interest payment from the Fed, it’s pure windfall profits which they do not deserve. And therefore, there’s a way to resolve this, right? Over time, I mentioned in the 19th century, the legal required reserve ratio was 20% at some points in some banks, in some cities. But over time in the US, the Fed continued to reduce the required reserve ratio year after year after year after year. And the more it reduced the required reserve ratio that made the money multiplier expand. This may be a bit technical, but through the process of fractional reserve banking, the money multiplier is one divided by the required reserve ratio. And what that means is if the required reserve ratio is 10%, one divided by 10% is 10 times, and that’s the money multiplier.

(00:41:05):

What that means is for every new deposit that enters the banking system, they can effectively create 10 times that much money through lending and relending and relending that deposit. But over time, the Fed reduced the required reserve ratio again and again and again until it was really in the low single digits. And then in 2020, they reduced it to zero. So there’s no longer any required reserve ratio whatsoever for the United States, meaning that the money multiplier is infinity. The only constraint on how much the banks can create now in money is their reality that if they lend too much, the people they lend to won’t be able to afford to pay the interest on the money that they’ve borrowed.

(00:41:45):

So the solution to this problem of the Fed having to pay such high interest rates is the Fed should just simply reimpose a required reserve ratio on the banks that is high enough to absorb all of their reserves until there are no more excess reserves left. So right now, the required reserves are calculated by the amount of reserves the banks have as a percentage of the banks’ deposits. The required reserve ratio is how much reserves the banks have as a percent of their bank deposits. In the past, they were required to keep a reserve against their deposits. Right now, their amount of reserves relative to their amount of deposits is about 16%. Right now, the required reserve ratio is 0%, and the Fed is having to pay 3% interest on all of these reserves.

(00:42:33):

So what the government should do is increase the required reserve ratio from 0% to 16%, absorbing all of these excess reserves so that we would once again be back in the situation where we were before 2008, where reserves were scarce and the Fed was able to control the federal fund rate by making relatively small changes in its bond purchases and bond sales, so we could revert to the old system of having a required reserve ratio. Then, since the banks would be required to keep 16% of all of their deposits as reserves, then it wouldn’t be necessary for the Fed to pay interest on the reserves anymore because the banks would be required to keep these reserves. There would be no need to pay them for them. And in that case, the Fed would become immensely profitable again.

(00:43:21):

So this is what the government should do is reimpose very significantly higher required reserve ratio to absorb all of these excess reserves. That would immediately restore the Fed’s profitability, and it would ensure that all of the Fed’s profits go to the government, which is, in other words, go to the US taxpayers rather than ending up as windfall profits to the banks who’ve done nothing whatsoever to earn them.

3. What to Do When You Know What Stocks Will Do Next – Jason Zweig

Imagine you could know tomorrow’s news today. Would that make you a better investor?

On Oct. 13, the Labor Department announced the consumer-price index rose 8.2% in September from the same month a year earlier, dashing hopes that inflation would drop.

What if you had known, on Oct. 12, exactly what would be in the next morning’s inflation report? You’d have bet stocks would tank, with a skittish market certain to panic on the news. You’d never have guessed what happened next.

After nosediving 2% when the market opened that morning, stocks turned around almost instantly, shooting up to close nearly 3% higher, one of the biggest intraday swings on record. In fact, U.S. stocks have risen roughly 9% since their low on the morning of Oct. 13.

Maybe people decided the bad news wasn’t bad enough to make the Federal Reserve raise interest rates even more than the 0.75 percentage point already considered inevitable at its November meeting. Maybe they felt the bad news was less bad than their worst fears.

Who knows? What we can know is that even possessing tomorrow’s news today wouldn’t assure you of being able to make a profitable trade. That’s why it’s so important to stick to a long-term plan rather than chasing the latest illusion of certainty.

One of Wall Street’s favorite sayings is that investors hate uncertainty. What they should hate, instead, is certainty.

4. Modern Meditations: Ann Miura-Ko – Mario Gabriele and Ann Miura-Ko

2. Which current or historical figure has most impacted your thinking? 

That’s easy: David Swensen. He led Yale’s endowment for 36 years and was a mentor of mine. Not only did he influence my professional life, but he impacted how I think about things. 

First of all, he was such an original thinker. When he arrived at Yale, as this young guy from Wall Street, no one saw endowments as anything more than a pool of money. David invented portfolio management and invested in illiquid and risky asset classes like venture capital which are higher beta but led to transformational returns over many decades. Those insights and many others changed how institutions oversee their money. Many of today’s endowments and foundations operate according to the Swensen philosophy. 

Beyond his incredible professional accomplishments, I was even more influenced by the person he was. 

David was a remarkable mentor to people from different backgrounds. He cared about diversity long before it was popular to care. David was always mentoring women and minorities because he believed it was the right thing to do and because he derived great joy from it. This started in his office with the people who worked with him and extended to the managers of funds he entrusted the endowment to. 

Finally, David demonstrated it was possible to be professionally successful and a dedicated parent. A friend told one such story at his memorial. David coached his son’s Little League team for years and with incredible gusto. One day there was a Wall Street Journal article on David and the Yale endowment. A parent showed this article to a young seven-year-old teammate. The kid burst into tears and said, “Does this mean Coach Dave got another job?”…

8. What contemporary practice will our descendants judge us for most? 

We’ve forgotten how to criticize our institutions from a place of love. So much of the discourse today is defined by disgust or hatred. We see something broken and want to annihilate it instead of trying to fix it. Not only do I think that’s a shame, but it also doesn’t feel effective. Would you ever listen to feedback from someone that hated you? 

I read a biography of Abraham Lincoln recently. Lincoln thought it was important for schools to teach a love for America’s institutions. I think that’s missing today. We must impart that love to our children – to re-learn admiration for imperfect things and even people. Then, we can engage with them from a place of discovery and optimism.

9. What risk are we radically underestimating as a species? 

Cyber warfare. It’s not well understood, and possible solutions are incredibly under-resourced. 

I saw this threat develop during my Ph.D. Between 2003 and 2010, bad actors went from vandalizing websites to nation-state-level warfare. I still don’t think America has adapted more than a decade later. From a budgetary and infrastructural standpoint, we don’t have what we need, which puts us in incredible danger. It’s an area of risk the general public doesn’t consider because it is so invisible. 

The primary challenge in this space is talent. We simply aren’t training enough people. 

5. No Grand Strategy: The Complete Financial History of Berkshire Hathaway – Frederik Gieschen

Consider its unlikely origins. Buffett, brilliant as he was, got himself into the driver’s seat out of spite. Cigar butt investments, as Berkshire was, are there to be picked up, smoked, and discarded. Buffett intended to exit the stock through a tender offer before Seabury Stanton, Berkshire’s CEO, tried to short-change him by 12 ½ cents. In that moment, the otherwise calculating and rational Buffett made an emotional decision.

Instead of moving on to the next stock, he stuck around. He committed. I find it utterly relatable that he took it personally, that he got triggered into taking control of a basket case of a company. He was going to show people how to build a great business. It’s a testament to his abilities and what Adam described as “patient opportunism” that Berkshire turned out the way it did.

“Building Berkshire was an exercise in patience combined with opportunism and a reminder that opportunity cost matters. There was no grand strategy.”

It also reflected the initial conditions in which Buffett and Munger operated, including having the “good fortune to observe what worked and what didn’t” at the previous generation of conglomerates. “These lessons were then applied to their canvas at Berkshire to create a masterpiece.”

“Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger were born at the right time to fill their sails, and that of their conglomerate, with incredible tailwinds. They were lucky to begin solidifying Berkshire’s economic position when market inefficiencies were much more prevalent.”

There was no grand plan and small mistakes turned out to be the stepping stones on the way to great success.

“Mistakes in capital allocation, such as the losses experienced in Florida and Texas in Berkshire’s Insurance Group, do happen. The key is making sure bad investments don’t put the larger enterprise at risk, learning lessons from those mistakes, and communicating candidly with shareholders about them.”

However, Berkshire under Buffett was never truly in peril. Buffett carefully created structures that ensured survival. There’s a lesson in that, too.

“[Buffett] wrote that Berkshire probably could have increased the 23.8% compounded annual return it had achieved by borrowing more money, but he was uncomfortable with even a 1% chance of failure. Even at 99:1 odds, he and Munger would not have been comfortable with the risks.”

“Charlie and I have never been in a big hurry: We enjoy the process far more than the proceeds—though we have learned to live with those also.”

6. Weekly Special – An Overview of RNA Technologies – BioCompounding

RNA technologies made headlines in 2021 when the first mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccine was approved in December 2020.

However, RNA therapy is not a new technology. RNA modalities have been under development for several decades and by Jan 2020, the U.S Food and Drug Administration (FDA) had approved a total of eleven RNA drugs, and that has increased to sixteen approved RNA therapeutics by March 2022. In addition, there are approximately another 29 RNA therapies in clinical trials as of March 2022.

The first use case of RNA as therapeutics was demonstrated in the late 1970s, Zamecnik & Stephenson demonstrated the potential of RNA antisense oligonucleotide (ASO) therapy.  The duo showed that the synthesized ASOs were able to inhibit Rous sarcoma virus replication, by inhibiting viral protein translation. This was followed by the use of mRNAs for protein expression, RNAi for translation inhibition, and further developments in other formats…

…Most RNA therapies can be sorted into one of three broad categories (See image below for visuals):

1) those that target nucleic acids (either DNA or RNA), which can be further divided into two distinct types of therapies: a. Single-stranded antisense oligonucleotides (ASOs) and; b. Double-stranded molecules that operate through a cellular pathway known as RNA interference (RNAi)

2) those that target proteins (aptamers), and

3) those that encode proteins (mRNA).

Also, hybrid approaches that combine several RNA-based mechanisms into a single package are emerging…

…Some of the key challenges that had to be addressed to make RNAs therapeutically viable as a treatment modality are as follows:

1) nucleic acids are negatively charged and do not passively cross the hydrophobic lipid barrier of the cell.

2) exogenous RNAs are degraded rapidly by RNases once they are injected into the host.

3) some exogenous RNAs cause an immune response that hampers the translation of the target protein or causes the development of a toxic cell environment

4) The short half-life of RNA.

Luckily, scientists over the past couple of decades have substantially overcome these barriers with the use of many unique delivery methods, such as nanoparticles that protect the RNA and enable cell-specific delivery of the therapeutic agent.

On the half life front, scientist initially improved the stability and half-life through a RNA modification called pseudouridine, whish replaces uridine. It is demonstrated that pseudouridine can enhance RNA stability also decrease anti-RNA immune response. As further improvements in half-life are required scientists are innovating to further improve the half-life of RNA therapeutics specifically mRNA therapeutics, read more here.

7. Hyperinflation in the Roman Empire and its Influence on the Collapse of Rome – Mark

Lasting for more than 100 years and classified as the world’s longest-lasting empire, the Roman Empire was a political, economic, and technological powerhouse. According to legend, the famous Empire was founded in 753 BC by the two twin sons, Romulus and Remus, of Mars (the god of war). The Roman Empire persisted for well over a thousand years, although it had its ups and downs.

The Pax Romana (which translates to “Roman Peace”) was a period spanning two centuries, starting from 27 B.C.E all the way to 180 C.E. The Pax Romana was essentially the Roman version of the American “Era of Good Feelings.” The two-hundred-year epoch in Roman history was a period of relative peace, minimal war, technological progression, and economic prosperity, under the governance of famous Roman emperors like Augustus (63 B.C.E. — 14 C.E.), and the stoic Marcus Aurelius (121 C.E. — 180 C.E.)

However, despite the Pax Romana era of prosperity and peace in the Roman empire, the following centuries leading up to the collapse of the Roman Empire would be plagued with disaster. One aspect we will be exploring and analyzing in this article is the role of hyperinflation in Rome and how it exacerbated the collapse of the Roman Empire.

Rome’s economic struggles began with problems of its regional currency, the Roman Denarius. The silver Denarius was implemented and produced as the national currency of Rome starting as early as 211 B.C.E., minted all the way until the middle of the third century C.E. until it was replaced by the Antoninianus, a temporary currency instated by Roman Emperor Caracalla (188 C.E. — 217 C.E.) to help curb the hyperinflation of the silver Denarius.

Around the size of a nickel, the Roman Denarius was approximately worth a day’s wages for a craftsman in Rome. The coins were initially minted with 4.5 grams of pure silver (this is considered high purity.) Initially, the value of the Denarius was not based on consumers’ confidence in the Roman government or some gold reserves located who knows where. The currency was backed by itself — meaning that the value of the Denarius was based on the value of the silver used to mint that coin.

Because of a finite supply of silver and precious metals entering the Empire, Roman economic activity was limited to the number of denarii in circulation. Because there was a small circulation of denarii in the beginning decades of its conception, the Denarius could not successfully be used as a medium of exchange or currency, because there just wasn’t enough of the currency to go around. This problem was an especially hard pill for the Roman Emperors to swallow, as they could not finance their “pet projects” (wars, newly constructed amphitheaters, circuses, etc.) with the small circulation of denarii in the Empire.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. We currently do not have a vested interest in any companies mentioned. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 30 October 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 30 October 2022:

1. The state of the energy transition – Bill Gates

The world still needs to reduce annual greenhouse gas emissions from 51 billion tons to zero, but global emissions continue to increase every year. If you follow the annual IPCC reports, you’ve watched as the scenarios for limiting the global temperature rise to 1.5 or even 2 degrees Celsius become increasingly remote. And some of the clean technologies we need are still very far from becoming practical, cost-effective solutions we can deploy at scale.

In the past decade, we finally got going. Over the next three, we need to go much further, much faster. I still believe we can avoid a climate disaster—if we devote the next generation to mobilizing the largest crisis response in human history.

To understand what it will take to get to zero, we need to start by asking where the 51 billion tons of emissions come from. Unfortunately, the answer is everything and everywhere.

Everything: Virtually every human activity produces greenhouse gas emissions. People automatically think of electricity, where there’s a path to zero because wind and solar are now cheaper than fossil fuels. But electricity accounts for only 26 percent of global emissions. Similarly, lithium-ion batteries have made it possible to see a net-zero future for car travel. But cars account for less than half of the transportation sector’s 16 percent of emissions. Lithium-ion batteries don’t do much about the emissions from long-distance travel in airplanes, cargo ships, and heavy-duty trucks.

Agriculture and buildings account for 21 and 7 percent of emissions, respectively. The sector with the most emissions, 30 percent of the total, is manufacturing—making the things that modern life depends on, like cement, plastic, and steel. There are currently no cement plants in the world, and exactly one steel plant, that don’t produce CO2.

So, if you are reading this over lunch on a plastic device in your climate-controlled concrete-and-steel office building that you took a bus to get to, you begin to see how more or less every aspect of our lives contributes to the problem.

Everywhere: More than 70 countries have committed to reaching net zero, including big polluters like the United States and the European Union. Even if the US and Europe get there, however, we won’t have solved the problem. Three-quarters of the global population lives in emerging economies like Brazil, China, India, and South Africa, and although historically they played a very small role in causing climate change, they are now responsible for two-thirds of total greenhouse-gas emissions. China by itself emits more than one quarter. So solutions can’t be dependent on unique conditions in a single country or region. They have to work in all countries, or the temperature will continue to rise.

Thinking globally instead of nationally reveals why we can’t solve climate change simply by using less energy. Low- and middle-income countries are building aggressively to achieve the standard of living their people aspire to—and they should be. Many countries in Europe and North America filled the atmosphere with carbon to achieve prosperity, and it is both unrealistic and unfair to expect everyone else to forgo a more comfortable life because that carbon turned out to change the climate…

…Humanity has never had all these raw materials in front of us before: the investment, the policy, the pipeline of innovations, the overall public awareness that climate change is a priority. In recent polling, more people around the world see climate as a major threat than any other issue. And more individuals than ever are taking productive steps to reduce their own carbon footprints, which when viewed collectively sends a powerful signal to business and government leaders that more must be done. But even with all these tools and momentum, we still have to fashion them into a comprehensive solution.

That means three things: more research, development, and demonstration; developing a fair, workable process for scaling up; and helping people adapt to the climate change that is going to happen no matter what we do now.

Research, development, and demonstration: There are still many critical clean technologies that aren’t anywhere near cheap enough to compete. We need sustainable liquid fuels for long-haul transportation; affordable ways to capture CO2 directly from the atmosphere; additional sources of renewable energy to keep up with global demand that will double or triple as we electrify more and more processes. And to fill these gaps, we need to keep doing what we’ve done well since 2015: we need to ratchet up investment in clean-energy innovation even more.

Develop a fair, workable process for scaling up: We cannot pretend an energy transition won’t be disruptive. Although new industries and jobs will appear, some old ones will disappear. New infrastructure will affect the communities where it’s built. In the past, low-income communities and communities of color have suffered disproportionately from decisions about where big infrastructure projects should go, and we cannot let that happen this time. Public policies need to ensure a just transition so that we never pit a livable planet in opposition to people’s livelihoods. Those who could experience disruption need a voice in the process.

At the same time, there must be a transition. Last year, voters in Maine blocked the construction of transmission lines needed to bring low-carbon electricity to the Northeast. Some of those transmission lines were slated to cut through farms and forests, but nevertheless we need to be able to make responsible tradeoffs in fair and transparent ways so we can go faster. The unimaginable disruptions caused by a 4-degree rise in temperature will outweigh the downsides of most clean energy solutions—and a strong community engagement process will result in better design and siting of projects.

Help people adapt: The climate has already changed dramatically, and it will continue to do so. To minimize the damage these changes cause, we also need to invest in helping people adapt to a warmer climate, rising sea levels, and less predictable weather. That means investing in crop science so that farmers can plant seeds that are more tolerant of heat, an area our foundation has been working in for years. It also means figuring out technologies like desalination to guarantee that communities will have access to clean water, and upgrading port facilities around the world to make them resilient to floods and storms. The world must use the same strategies that have incentivized innovation in mitigation technologies to start getting serious about adaptation, too. We’re expanding our approach at Breakthrough Energy to reflect this perspective.

2. Cumulative vs. Cyclical Knowledge – Morgan Housel

In some fields our knowledge is seamlessly passed down across generations. In others, it’s fleeting. To paraphrase investor Jim Grant: Knowledge in some fields is cumulative. In other fields it’s cyclical (at best).

There are occasional periods when society learns that debt can be dangerous, greed backfires, and more money won’t solve all your problems. But it quickly forgets and moves on. Again and again. Generation after generation.

I think there are a few reasons this happens, and what it means we have to accept.

Some fields have quantifiable truths, while others are guided by vague beliefs and individual circumstances. Physicist Richard Feynman said, “Imagine how much harder physics would be if electrons had feelings.” Well, people do. So any topic guided by behavior – money, philosophy, relationships, etc. – can’t be solved with a formula like physics and math.

Neil deGrasse Tyson says, “The good thing about science is that it’s true whether or not you believe in it.” You can disagree and say science is the practice of continuous exploration and changing your mind, but in general he’s right. Germ theory is true and we know it’s true. But what about the proper level of savings and spending to live a good life? Or how much risk to take? Or the right investing strategy given today’s economy? Those kinds of questions do not lend themselves to scientific answers. They’re subjective, nuanced, and impacted by how the economy changes over time. So often there simply isn’t relevant information to pass down to the next generations. Even when firm financial rules exist, some truths have to be experienced firsthand to be understood.

Cyclical knowledge, and the inability to fully learn from others’ past experiences, means you have to accept a level of volatility and fragility not found in other fields. I can imagine a world in 50 years where things like cancer and heart disease are either non-existent or effectively controlled. I cannot ever imagine a world where economic volatility is tamed and people stop making financial decisions they eventually regret – no matter how much history of past mistakes we have to study.  

3. Madhavan Ramanujam – How to Price Products – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and Madhavan Ramanujam

Patrick: [00:02:48] So Madhavan, I’ve loved reading your book years ago and then again in preparation for our conversation today for one major reason. And we’ll talk a lot about that reason in a few minutes here, and we’ll go over the place and all the things you’ve studied in business. But the one thing that you sort of blew my mind on with your book is the importance of pricing, which is something that so many entrepreneurs out their struggle with, and the order in which pricing should come in a product conversation. I think almost everyone puts that at the end. I have an idea, let’s talk to customers, let’s design something, let’s build something, and then let’s figure out what to charge for it. I’d love you to provide your alternative perspective on that order of operations and why you arrived at a radically different way of building products.

Madhavan: [00:03:32] I think probably framing the problem at hand for many years, I was working as a pricing consultant, especially in Silicon Valley. And I really witnessed how everyone was so obsessed on creating amazing new innovations but hardly paid attention to how to monetize successfully or to even have a willingness to pay in the market. We used to even get calls saying, “Hey, I built a new product. We’ve been working on it for the last 2 years, and we need a price. And by the way, we needed it last week.” And you couple all these reactions with the failure rate that you actually see in innovation, it’s remarkably high.

And when I took a step back and I kind of looked at it, I think the classic phrase that comes to mind is that these companies were, I would say, simply spraying and praying and hoping that they can monetize and they can build products that people will eventually buy. But the core issue here is they were hoping because they truly didn’t know. They built the products, slapped down a price and threw it in the market, and hoped for the best. I mean, this had to change. And this is why I wrote Monetizing Innovation. What we call a winning approach is to think pricing early and to really test for, whether there’s a product market pricing fit before you go too far in the journey.

And the reason for this is inverting that mindset is critical because when you’re building something as an entrepreneur, as a company, you actually don’t have a choice whether you’ll have a pricing conversation with a customer. The only thing in your control is when you will have it. And we are advocating having that much earlier so that you can design the product around what customers need, what they value, and what they’re willing to pay for, in a sense, know that you will monetize as opposed to hope that you would.

Patrick: [00:05:08] Maybe you can bring this to life and make it tangible for us with an example because it’s hard for me to imagine having a price conversation before I have a product to show somebody. It seems like the impulse is build something even if it’s like a vaporware, demo, or something, and be able to walk in the office and say, “This is what we do” and then maybe have a pricing conversation. But I think you think pricing conversation should be even before the design and building phase. So how does one of these conversations unfold if there’s nothing to show in the first place?

Madhavan: [00:05:35] Yes. Probably I’ll take an example of a story, and we talk about this in the first chapter of the book. It’s a story from Porsche. In their early ’90s, they were actually — they’re thinking of an innovative idea. They said, “Okay, should we build an SUV?” But an SUV for a Porsche, that just seemed off. What they did was interesting. They went to the market. There’s nothing drawn in terms of a blueprint, sketch, or even a product. But they just went in and tried to identify whether there is a need for a Porsche SUV. And more importantly, would someone pay for it, very high level. Pleasant surprise, they actually found that people said, “Yes, Porsche SUV could make sense, and I would pay for it.” I mean, people who had probably moved on from Porsche because they had a family, et cetera, but they wanted to come back to the Porsche umbrella. What happened next was super fascinating. What they did is they came up with blueprints, sketches and kept having this conversation with customers trying to identify what do they need, what do they value in an SUV, and are they willing to pay for it. They even did what we call as car clinics, where they would build a prototype, full-scale prototype, where they would actually bring in people and let them ride the car around. And not a single unit has been, let’s say, manufactured or productized yet, but it’s still a prototype.

And then after that experience, they would have this kind of willingness to pay conversations. Things like, for instance, a big cupholder, probably which goes against the grain of most engineers, doesn’t look very aesthetically appealing, is in the car because people said they need it, they value it, and they’re willing to pay for it. I mean, a 6-speed manual transmission, no one needed that in an SUV. That was out of the window. So everything that went into the car was actually battle-tested with customers to see if they need it, they value. And more importantly, are they willing to pay for it? This is a very different way of innovation as compared to like the age-old approach has been always build a product, perfect it, our customers don’t know what they want, let’s slap on a price and throw it in the market and hope for the best. Very different. But if you look at the output of this exercise, also couldn’t have been more different than traditional innovation processes. I mean, this SUV was launched with the name of Cayenne, which we all know today accounts for more than half of Porsche’s profit and is built in hundreds and thousands of units, one of the roaring successes in automotive history.

I think the key here is to have that conversation with your customers early. We are not saying you just have it once. It’s a bit of you have it over a period of time and sustaining. Like if you built a prototype and you pitch the value and you pitch the benefits, and if someone actually says they won’t pay for it, chances are they’re not going to pay for it when you build a nicer-looking version, and that’s the point. So having the testing and learning much earlier. And if someone says, no, they won’t pay for it, the most important question is to ask why. And you start hearing all of these things to design your products around what drives customers’ needs, what do they value and what are they ultimately willing to pay for. The folks at First Round wrote a blog article, in which they summarized the entire thesis of the book Monetizing Innovation in four succinct words. They said price before product, period.

Patrick: [00:08:36] What I like about that example is Porsche is not showing up saying, “We’ll build anything you want, what do you want?” They do have an SUV in mind. They’re willing to build single prototypes to test reaction. You’re not walking with a white sheet of paper, like there’s some opinion that they have. But they’re still testing that willingness to pay very, very early on. And I want to make sure we highlight what is distinct about willingness to pay versus just positive feedback because I think lots of things, features, and products or whatever, people might react positively to. But that’s not the same as their willingness to pay. So I want to make sure I understand the difference. And then I’ll ask what it looks like to have a great willingness to pay conversation, like how you actually structurally execute that strategy?

Madhavan: [00:09:18] Most of the companies, at least in the tech space, would tell you they try to achieve a product market fit. And while that is good, it is not sufficient. For instance, if someone comes and ask, do you like the headset that you’re wearing for this conversation? I like it. Do you like it at $200? The whole conversation is different. So if you didn’t put pricing as part of your product market fit validation, often you are hearing what you want to hear. The idea is to get to a product market pricing fit and try to truly understand if, at the end of the day, someone will pay for the innovation as in do they truly value it.

Because I think it also comes down to like how do we define price. When we talk price, most people think of a dollar figure. That’s just a price point. I think we need to educate people to think about price as a measure. For instance, liter is a measure of volume, price is a measure of value. And when you think of it this way, price really stands for do people want your product and how badly you want it. And in a way, the easiest way to remember this, in Latin, there’s only one word for price and value. It’s called pretium. And I think they figured this out long back. It’s reflections of the same coin.

4. Looking at Japan with FT Unhedged – Matthew C. Klein, Rob Armstrong, and Ethan Wu

Unhedged: As most of the world’s major economies have struggled with waves of pandemic-driven inflation and rapid policy tightening designed to address that inflation, Japan has stood apart. In August, Japanese consumer price inflation rose to 3% y/y. That’s a 30-year high, but officials in the U.S. or Europe can only dream of such a low figure. The Bank of Japan, correspondingly, swims against the global tide, keeping monetary policy loose. The result has been a dizzying fall in the yen:

It is the combination of an economic environment distinct from the rest of the world and a weak currency that drew Unhedged’s attention back to Japan. Surely relatively gentle policy, a currency supportive of exports, and some pent-up post-pandemic demand in Japan and Asia should create investment opportunities in a Japanese market that has been unpopular with global investors in recent years?

Matt Klein: The thing that really stands out to me is that the 1980s bubble and 1990s bust left a massive permanent mark on the Japanese economy. Corporations went from being massive borrowers that relied on external finance to cover their capital budgets (and some of their operating expenses) to being huge net lenders. Since 1995, debt repayments, cash accumulation, and purchases of other financial assets have added up to more than ¥600tn. The costs of this financial conservatism have been falling business investment and rising precarity for workers.

Shinzo Abe’s economic program was a response to this problem. The hope was that a mixture of carrots (a weaker yen, lower taxes on profitable companies, more pro-business regulations, infrastructure investment) and sticks (inflation, governance reforms, higher taxes on unprofitable companies) would get companies to start spending their cash piles. It didn’t really work, but the upshot is that Japanese companies have ended up with absurdly strong balance sheets…

Unhedged: We have heard for a long time that strong Japanese balance sheets would be put to work creating shareholder value. Maybe now is the moment?

Matt: In theory, there is enormous potential for Japanese companies to boost shareholder returns by rejiggering their balance sheets. Dividend yields have ticked up since Abe began pushing for higher shareholder payouts a decade ago, but they are still low. Buybacks may be anathema to executives scarred by the 1990s, but there is no obvious reason why companies operating in a world of zero interest rates should be so conservative with their cash, which is worth about 13 times operating income.

Unhedged: Japanese companies’ balance sheet strength may make them look — in theory — like a haven in the rising-rate storm. So far, though, the Tokyo market remains unloved by international investors. That is understandable: a consequence of the weakening yen is that, measured in global currencies, the Tokyo stock index has performed terribly. From the start of the pandemic in February 2020, the Topix is up 20% in yen terms, but down 7% in dollars, badly trailing US and global indices…

…Matt Brett manages the Baillie Gifford Japan Trust, which has returned 300 per cent investing in Japanese equities (in pounds) over the past 10 years. He says that recently Japanese growth stocks, in which the Trust specialises, have followed US techs down, with the difference that “the Japanese growth stocks never went up”. Growth companies are trading at 1.3 times sales, he reckons, a “tiny premium” to the Topix at 1.1. Meanwhile, the yield on the stocks in the trust is 2.4 per cent. “As stock pickers, we are quite excited,” he says.

5. The end of Apple’s affair with China – The Economist

The mushrooming of factories in southern India marks a new chapter for the world’s biggest technology company. Apple’s extraordinarily successful past two decades—revenue up 70-fold, share price up 600-fold, a market value of $2.4trn—is partly the result of a big bet on China. Apple banked on China-based factories, which now churn out more than 90% of its products, and wooed Chinese consumers, who in some years contributed up to a quarter of its revenue. Yet economic and geopolitical shifts are forcing the company to begin a hurried decoupling. Its turn away from China marks a big shift for Apple, and is emblematic of an even bigger one for the world economy.

Apple’s packaging proclaims “Designed by Apple in California”, but its gadgets are assembled along a supply chain that stretches from Amazonas to Zhejiang. At the centre is China, where 150 of Apple’s biggest suppliers operate production facilities. Tim Cook, who was Apple’s head of operations before he became chief executive in 2011, pioneered the firm’s approach to contract manufacturing. A regular visitor to China, Mr Cook has maintained good relations with the Chinese government, obeying its requirements to remove apps and to hold Chinese users’ data locally, where it is available to the authorities.

Now a change is under way. Big tech is showing strains. On October 25th Alphabet and Microsoft presented disappointing quarterly results. Meta, which lost another fifth of its value after reporting the second straight quarter of declining sales, is a shadow of its former self. Apple’s latest earnings, due out after The Economist went to press on October 27th, may be dented by creaky Chinese supply chains and softening demand from Chinese consumers. So Mr Cook, who has not been seen in China since 2019, is wooing new partners. In May he entertained Vietnam’s prime minister, Pham Minh Chinh, at Apple’s futuristic headquarters. Next year Apple is expected to open its first physical store in India (whose prime minister, Narendra Modi, is a fan of gold iPhones).

The two countries are the main beneficiaries of Apple’s strategic shift. In 2017 Apple listed 18 large suppliers in India and Vietnam; last year it had 37. In September, to much local fanfare, Apple started making its new iPhone 14 in India, where it had previously made only older models. The previous month it was reported that Apple would soon start making its MacBook laptops in Vietnam. Some of Apple’s newer gadgets show the way things are going. Almost half its AirPod earphones are made in Vietnam and by 2025 two-thirds will be, forecasts JPMorgan Chase. The bank reckons that, whereas today less than 5% of Apple’s products are made outside China, by 2025 the figure will be 25% (see chart 1).

As Apple’s production system is shifting, its suppliers are diversifying away from China, too. One crude measure of this is the share of long-term assets that Taiwanese tech-hardware and electronics firms have located in China. In 2017 the average figure was 43%. Last year that had fallen to 31%, according to our estimates using company and Bloomberg data.

The most urgent reason for the scramble is the need to spread operational risk. Two decades ago the garment industry beefed up its operations outside China after the sars epidemic paralysed supply chains. “sars made it very clear to everyone operating in China that you needed a ‘China+1’ strategy,” observes Dominic Scriven of Dragon Capital, an investment firm in Vietnam. Covid taught tech firms the same lesson. Lockdowns in Shanghai in the spring temporarily shut a factory run by Quanta, a Taiwanese firm, believed to be making most of Apple’s MacBooks. Avoiding this kind of chaos is the “primary driving force” for Apple’s supply-chain moves, says Gokul Hariharan of JPMorgan Chase.

Another motive is containing costs. Average wages in China have doubled in the past decade. By 2020 a Chinese manufacturing worker typically earned $530 a month, about twice as much as one in India or Vietnam, according to a survey by jetro, a Japanese industry body. India’s ropey infrastructure, with bad roads and an unreliable electrical grid, held the country back. But it has improved, and the Indian government has sweetened the deal with subsidies. Vietnam offers tax rebates and holidays, too, as well as free-trade deals, including one recently signed with the eu. Bureaucracy around visas and customs remains a pain. But the work ethic is similar to that in China: “Confucius still gets them out of bed in the morning,” says one foreign executive in Vietnam.

6. Thinking About the Next Warren Buffett – Frederik Gieschen

Shareholder: “Do you ever get tired of being Warren Buffett? If you could come back again, would you want to be Warren Buffett?”

Buffett: “You see a lot of the publicity here for a couple of days around the time of the meeting. But life goes on in a very normal way. And I have fun every day of my life. Because, you know, I get to do what I want to do. And I get to do it with people I like and admire and trust. And it doesn’t get any better than that.”

The more I read about Buffett, the more overwhelmed I feel. The scale of his success and the sheer volume of material by and about him seems like too much to tackle. It creates a temptation to boil down the many layers and lessons into one convenient number: the track record.

Then I remind myself of this quote in which Buffett described the essence of his and Munger’s jobs:

“We have to identify and keep good managers interested after we’ve figured out who they are. The second thing we do is allocate capital. And aside from that, we play bridge.”

Notice the balance. Capital and people. Reading and relationships. Buffett is well aware that financial capital is not the only asset that compounds. His entire life he has been compounding social capital: relationships, trust, reputation.

You can’t tap dance to work if you don’t like who you’ll meet at the office. You can’t lead an enterprise with 372,000 employees based on “decentralization almost to the point of abdication” if you can’t completely trust your managers.

We have to resist the temptation to view him through just one lens. It creates a caricature. It’s not helpful. It’s worth asking: How many layers are there to Buffett’s success?

  • Followed his passion.
  • Great investor with an enviable long-term track record. 
  • Built a company in his image.
  • Keeps painting his own canvas every day. 
  • Reached the top of the Forbes rich list and became an admired icon of the business world (rather than a reviled symbol of the system). 
  • Shareholders got wealthy alongside him.
  • Created a unique and possibly lasting culture.
  • Used his platform to educate generations of investors and business leaders.
  • And then there’s the Giving Pledge. Buffett turned into more than a philanthropist: he became a catalyst for others to take action.

In The Big Short, Michael Lewis described how Michael Burry studied Buffett and found that the more he learned, “the less he thought Buffett could be copied.” Rather, the lesson from Buffett’s life was that “to succeed in a spectacular fashion you had to be spectacularly unusual.”

“If you are going to be a great investor, you have to fit the style to who you are. At one point I recognized that Warren Buffett, though he had every advantage in learning from Ben Graham, did not copy Ben Graham, but rather set out on his own path, and ran money his way, by his own rules.” Michael Burry

Munger has said as much, explaining that Buffett, “the former protégé,” surpassing Ben Graham was “a natural outcome.”

“It’s what Newton said. He said, ‘If I’ve seen a little farther than other men, it’s by standing on the shoulder of giants.’”

Speaking of giants, during the 2019 annual meeting Munger was in a chattier mood. He shared one of my favorite little stories:

Munger: “Young lawyers frequently come to me and say, ‘How can I quit practicing law and become a billionaire instead?’ I say, well, it reminds me of a story they tell about Mozart.

A young man came to him, and he said, ‘I want to compose symphonies. I want to talk to you about that.’ Mozart said, ‘How old are you?’ ‘Twenty-two.’

And Mozart said, ‘You’re too young to do symphonies.’ And the guy says, ‘But you were writing symphonies when you were ten years old.’

He says, ‘Yes, but I wasn’t running around asking other people how to do it.’”

7. TIP485: Market Updates, Ray Dalio Retiring, Elon Buying Twitter and Elemental Power – Trey Lockerbie and Josh Wolfe

Trey Lockerbie (00:31:39):

I feel like people would have a hard time just wrapping their head around sitting across from Stan Druckenmiller who’s saying, “Hey, I want to give you money.” I would be like, “I want to give you money, Stan.” And I imagine that’s because you guys are doing such interesting cutting edge things and you’re fishing in all these areas that are maybe unexplored.

(00:31:55):

And one of them I’m really particularly interested in, which is chronobiology because I don’t know, you seem like the kind of guy who’s interested in longevity perhaps, or on the cutting edge and seeing all these things that might help in a lot of different ways. Maybe talk to us about what chronobiology is and maybe what is most exciting about it for you.

Josh Wolfe (00:32:14):

Maybe on the one hand I’m not old enough to be obsessed with the longevity thing. Maybe I still harness the illusion of the young that I’m going to live a very long time and I have some views about that, but I’m actually not focused on this in the context of longevity and trying to live forever. It’s more about understanding the biology of timing, the timing of mechanisms inside of ourselves and between ourselves and a truth that your Purkinje cells, which are in your brain are 25 years old and are not renewed. The cells inside of your cell or your gut are renewed in some cases every day or several days.

(00:32:45):

And so, if you were to say your gestational age versus your biological age, different parts of you are different ages. There isn’t a you, like this table that we’re sitting at is one age, but you and I, even though we might have been born at a certain year are made up of different parts and those different parts actually have different ages in the same way that you could look at a river or stream and say that, “Well, of course there’s a river or stream, but its individual components are constantly changing.” And it’s also why you might have cancer mutations in some parts of the body, because you have more rapid rejuvenation or reproduction of cells and in other cases you have very low rates of cancer, because you don’t have higher probability of mutations.

(00:33:18):

So I’m very interested in the cell signaling between organelles inside of a cell, between cells, within an organ, between organs themselves, between our bodies and circadian rhythms. If you take something like cholesterol medicine, they figured out that you want to take cholesterol medicine in a specific time of day, which tends to be night, because your liver shuts down the production of LDL and it’s a optimal time to take a cholesterol lowering medicine, so that’s something that’s not either obvious to many people or well known.

(00:33:46):

When you look at between humans, you see synchronicity between women who get their period that are clearly hormone signaling amongst each other at the same time they end up in the same cycle if they’re roommates in college and after. And so there’s just very interesting hidden biology in the timing mechanisms inside of cells, inside of our bodies, between our bodies and that means that there’s mysteries to unlock and ultimately drugs to produce.

(00:34:11):

And whether those drugs or mechanisms or technologies are for the specific time of day you should be taking specific drugs and your biology might actually be different than mine. There are people that we know are morning people and people that are more night owls. Some of that is genetic, some of that is biological and environmental or epigenetic, the way that the environment acts on the expression of your genes, but it’s an area that is just not well understood. And anytime there’s an area that’s not well understood, to me it’s a whistle to pay attention, because there’s an opportunity to discover something profound…

…Trey Lockerbie (00:37:38):

Elemental power. So, you’ve been outspoken about the need to rebrand nuclear energy to elemental power, but shifting towards a future heavily relying on it. Energy has been a major headline in 2022. Do you think the events that have unfolded this year have set the stage for a more elemental future?

Josh Wolfe (00:37:57):

On elemental energy, yes, I think that the events of the world have at least sparked people in a few ways, some of which are overt and observable and some of which are speculative. You’ve already seen in Germany, which unfortunately has made decisions, I would speculate, and this sounds conspiratorial and crazy, but the only thing that Putin had to do for the past decade was foment the Green party, foment them to rise up against Merkel and convince the populous that the important thing to do in the name of climate was to shut down nuclear power.

(00:38:26):

The effect of doing that was not to decrease our reliance on low carbon energy. I mean, nuclear produces zero carbon. It’s just the cleanest, largest, most reliable source of base load power for a population. Most of the people that are against nuclear, as I’ve rebranded it elemental, I’ll get to in a moment, they’re really against growth, they’re really against progress, they’re really against capitalism. They’re really against systems of power and in some cases democracy.

(00:38:50):

There really is an ideological wrapper around people that are against that. And the elements of the mantra for clean and green, if it’s not a de-growth position, are mostly focused on solar and wind and biofuels and things that feel like they’re natural. Now, solar, of course, is inorganic semiconductors, and they’re not necessarily super clean. Wind requires huge amounts of cement and technology and infrastructure, but there’s this poetic and romantic illusion about using these elements.

(00:39:16):

And so, that’s actually what inspired me to say, “Wait a second, people love solar. They love the sun. Sun makes us happy. It’s in children’s books and it’s on stickers at Greenpeace protests. People love the wind. There’s lots of that and that seems good and clean, and we want to keep our air fresh. People love water and hydro, that’s also good. I mean, it’s not great that we make dams and affect aquaculture, but people like the sun, they like the wind and they like water, they should like rocks. Rocks are great. Who doesn’t like rocks?

(00:39:41):

Well, hey, there’s this rock called uranium and you don’t really have to do all that much to it, but if you tweak it a little bit, just like you tweak the other stuff, you can get it to produce heat and that’s pretty cool. Okay, well, if you get heat coming out of this thing just like a geothermal, which people also love on the environmental end, that’s just literally heat from the earth that is able to boil water and produce steam and turn a turbine with that steam and produce electricity by spinning the magnets. Well, that’s really what nuclear power is.”

(00:40:05):

So, I realize that people are against nuclear because they conflate it, unfortunately, going back to the mid late 70s with nuclear war. Nobody wants nuclear war and nuclear war is terrible. So, now you’ve got this thing that’s associated, you don’t have hydro war, you don’t have solar war, you don’t have wind war, but you have nuclear war. Nuclear war is bad, so nuclear is bad.

(00:40:22):

And yeah, 1979, the China Syndrome movie where you had this environmental disaster and radiation leak from nuclear, you had also 1979 with Three Mile Island where there actually was a burst valve that wasn’t actually a radiation leak, nobody died, there were no injuries. It was actually proof positive of engineering systems that work. But then you had Chornobyl, which was a certifiable disaster. I would posit that there isn’t much Russian technology that is competitive on global stages that anybody would buy except for possibly an AK47 or a MiG fighter jet, because those actually have to compete on the global stage.

(00:40:54):

And then you had Fukushima where a company that we founded ended up playing a pivotal role in the cleanup, a company called Kurion named after Madame Curie who discovered radiation spelled with a K, that was developing technology, both material science that could grab radioactive elements like cesium and strontium and technetium and uranium and plutonium, and then robots that could actually enter a disaster site and remove that and they ended up being the only US company picked for that cleanup back in the Fukushima disaster, which happened because of an earthquake and a tsunami and then a radioactive meltdown. So, I was very proud of founding that company and capitalizing it and the work that they did, which was just quite miraculous.

(00:41:29):

So, I’ve always been interested in nuclear for about a decade, and I got interested really because of a book. I wish that there was something more sophisticated, but I read a book called Bottomless Well by two brilliant people, Mark Mills and Peter Huber. Peter since passed, but he was a polymath and brilliant legal mind, and Mark is a technology pundit and advisor to many and they wrote this great book. Bill Gates gave a testimonial blurb for it, and it was called The Bottomless Well and it was really about the availability of energy that’s all around us at a time when people were talking about peak oil and gas and so forth.

(00:41:56):

But the key thing was a paragraph in one of the chapters that caught me and the paragraph talked about our directional progress. And I always had this concept that I called the directional hour of progress, applying to all kinds of different technology industries, from lighting to automotive to semiconductors, where you can see where we start and how we progress and we’re never going back the other way. And so in this case, I’m listening to or reading this book, and I’m following the logic as they talk about going from carbohydrates, growing fields or trees and burning them as we did centuries ago, to hydrocarbons cracking the molecules of oil and natural gas and dead dinosaurs to release heat exothermically. And then the trend towards nuclear, which was uranium and the undeniable era of progress was more and more energy density per unit of raw material.

(00:42:38):

And so, that to me was a feeling of inevitability and so I got very interested in nuclear. I got very interested in every part of the fuel cycle from uranium miners who were mostly hucksters and fraudsters in New Mexico, Nevada. We said no to that. Modular reactors, small scale reactors that were too expensive and had too much regulatory risk. And I like to ask this two word question, which is what sucks in any industry and the thing that sucked was what do you do with the waste? And we went around and tried to find a company to invest in and we couldn’t and we ended up starting one from scratch.

(00:43:03):

So that was 10 years ago, we ended up selling that years later after success. We had about 160 million of revenue, 40 million of EBITDA. We sold for 10 times EBITDA with a mere, from us, million and a half invested in that company and returned about 105 million to our LPs and it was a great story. And as Bill Conway who put us in business from Carlyle said, “It’s got the benefit of being true.” So, nuclear did us well.

(00:43:24):

And it was interesting also, because we talked about being interested in defense and some of these sort of sectors that may benefit from a reality of the world, which is that there are these negative black swans that occur. And so, this was a company that benefited a positive black swan, a low probability, high magnitude event consequence from the Fukushima event, which for Japan was a negative black swan. And so, it’s just always interesting to think about how you can do something that not only makes investors a lot of money, but is morally good, because we helped to remove 99% of the radioactive material from that disaster site and feel really good about that. It’s made history.

(00:43:52):

I’ve been a proponent since then of nuclear, particularly as it has been noticeably, audibly, visibly absent from any of the proposals put forth by Al Gore, Greta, anybody that is saying we need to help the climate, we need to cut carbon. How can you not look at the abundance of the 440 plus global plants and their safety record and their low carbon footprint and say this is part of the answer. The amount of land that you need for wind or solar in contrast to one nuclear power plant, the density of the ability for a gigawatt power plant to provide for millions of people, it’s just incomparable.

(00:44:25):

And unfortunately, there was this zeitgeist that had captured people and it wasn’t part of the religious doctrine. It wasn’t at the podium when people were speaking. And so, I realized that the thing that this really needed was a rebrand and as I thought about wind and solar and hydro, I said, “Well, this is just a rock, so why don’t we call it elemental power?” And elemental power can’t include all these other things that the environmentalists love, but any true environmentalists should be pro-nuclear, but they just can’t bring themselves to say that word. It’s sacrilegious. And so, let’s give them a new word and the word is elemental power.

Trey Lockerbie (00:44:55):

There’s this new modular nuclear technology that’s coming up. Is that something that you are positioned in at all or you have interest in, or is it more about just raising awareness?

Josh Wolfe (00:45:05):

My rant here on elemental power has no economic interest. We made our money on cleaning up stuff and nuclear waste. It’s a hard industry. It’s not easy and I’d like to encourage a lot of people go into it. Eventually we’ll raise the talent base, we’ll lower the cost of capital, we’ll raise awareness and attention, and maybe we enter at some other point.

(00:45:21):

But as investors, I put it in the too hard category. Modular reactors are great, but it’s going to take a lot of money, a long time, and a lot of regulatory headache, so we’re not invested in modular reactors, we’re not invested in any of the large nuclear power players, we’re not invested in uranium players. There’s really no exposure today other than advocacy that I think it’s the morally right thing to do as a society…

…Trey Lockerbie (00:57:02):

All right, so before I let you go, there’s one more thing I want to talk about, because last time you and I got together, we discussed your aspiration to see human scent digitized. How have we been progressing on that front and what could a machine that could smell, maybe it’s the Tesla Optimus robot, let’s say, be of benefit.

Josh Wolfe (00:57:23):

Well, very skeptical of this Tesla Optimus robot. Obviously if you look at Boston Dynamics robots from five or 10 years ago, they were doing feats that just blow the mind. But yeah, so I don’t see that being really relevant technology and it felt like it was a gimmicky monorail man-like showcase from the Simpsons.

(00:57:39):

Yeah, digital smell. It’s something that one of the Nobel Prize winners that we backed Richard Axel in a company called Kallyope, which is focused on the gut brain access, a biotech company, maybe eight or 10 years ago said, “Forget about it. Don’t try. Like lots of people have tried, this is never going to work.”

(00:57:52):

And I’ve been looking for over a decade for both the hardware and the software and kissed a lot of frogs and we finally found someone. Beginning about six months ago, negotiated with a very large tech company where this technology’s being spun out of, it’ll be announced in about a month and we catalyzed the transaction and capitalized it with $60 million, some incredible co-investors, two giant tech companies, one giant global foundation, a few billionaire famous hedge fund folks that are coming as co-investors.

(00:58:19):

And notably, when I was negotiating this, I lost my sense of smell. I evaded Covid for two and a half years and I ended up getting it and my two symptoms were one, loss of smell and two was the anxiety about when my smell would come back, but that was about just under three weeks, so that was really poetic justice, I guess.

(00:58:34):

There’s three things that this company will do. One is, to me, the holy grail, and it’ll be the longest, but Shazam for smell, the ability to hold up your phone or some other small device to effectively capture in the same way you do today image, which is really two dimensional or three dimensional with RGB. And you can do time lapse and you can do slow mo and you can do 4K and you can put all kinds of filters and whatnot in that capture. The Sound, which is really two dimensional frequency, amplitude, wavelength and you can capture spatial or stereo or mono.

(00:59:02):

Smell is at least 40 dimensions and could be several hundred depending on what the molecules are. It’s complex. It’s not a single sound or a linear set of notes, it could be mixed in potpourri, so you have to be able to sort signal, but a smell is volatile organic compounds, they are quite literal chemicals that are floating in the air that bind to your old factory bulb. Ours is more sensitive than some, but less sensitive than others. We know that dogs can detect covid and cancer and Parkinson’s and early signals of epilepsy before someone has a seizure and machines will have the sense of smell.

Trey Lockerbie (00:59:34):

Now, is that the use case, what you just mentioned of for the medical device?

Josh Wolfe (00:59:39):

Yes, so one is Shazam for smell, for humans to be able to record smell, so your childhood bedroom, the nostalgia of a grandparent’s home, the smell of your loved one’s hair, the smell of a wine, a meal, a vacation, beach, forest, wooded path, your home, whatever it is. The second is detecting human health from breath, so that will be in fact why one of the large global foundations cares to be able to help diagnose people early.

(01:00:00):

And then the third is industrial and defense applications, so the ability to detect chemicals, and that could be industrial chemicals, it could be fire, it could be electrical fires inside of large server rooms. It could be taggants that are used on people of interest for defense applications. So yeah, it’s an exciting future and we relish the idea that we get to invest in people who are inventing the future.

Trey Lockerbie (01:00:22):

Now, can you foresee a world where the computer is recognizing the smell in those compounds, those volatile compounds, and then could recreate them in some physical space?

Josh Wolfe (01:00:33):

I can definitely foresee the world that it’ll take longer, but the first thing that Kodak did was figure out recording and then screen companies later on figured out playback, but recording will be first and we’ll be digitizing that with a signal and then playback will come after.

(01:00:45):

And I see no reason why it doesn’t obey the laws of physics to be able to do that. It just needs to reduce our human ignorance and come up with the knowledge and ultimately the technologies that embody that knowledge to be able to produce it, so we will have it. I couldn’t tell you when, but recording will come first.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Alphabet, Apple, Meta Platforms, and Microsoft. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 23 October 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 23 October 2022:

1. A Rare Interview with Phil Fisher Following the 1987 Crash – Conor Macneil 

If that’s what’s coming, how does one protect oneself against this hyperinflation?

I made as deep a study as I could of what happened after World War I in France, where there was lots of inflation, and in Germany, where there was inflation into infinity. And in both countries the same thing happened. If you bought the very best stocks, according to my definition–not just any stocks–you were still darned uncomfortable during that period of the spiraling inflation. But when the inflation was over, you came out of it with about 80% of the real purchasing power intact. If I can come out of it with 80% of my present assets in real money, and my people can do that, that is fine. Until then I’m keeping a fair amount in Treasury bills. Timing these things is so damnably difficult. I don’t want to be the smart guy with too much cash because I think a big break is coming. Nor do I want, once it comes, to spend too long getting myself ready. When you’re not sure, you hedge. Very roughly, I have between 65% and 68% in the four stocks I really like, between 20% and 25% in cash and equivalents, and the balance in the five stocks that are in the grooming stage…

What do you look for in a core stock?

They are all low-cost producers; they are all either world leaders in their fields or can fully measure up to another of my yardsticks, the Japanese competition. They all now have promising new products, and they all have managements of above-average capabilities by a wide margin.

You place a lot of emphasis on management, don’t you?

Getting to know the management of a company is like getting married. You never really know the girl until you live with her. Until you’ve lived with a management, you don’t really know them to that same degree…

What’s the single most important lesson to be learned from your career as an investor?

It is just appalling the nerve strain people put themselves under trying to buy something today and sell it tomorrow. It’s a small-win proposition. If you are a truly long-range investor, of which I am practically a vanishing breed, the profits are so tremendously greater. One of my early clients made a remark that, while it is factually correct, is completely unrealistic when he said, “Nobody ever went broke taking a profit.’ Well, it is true that you don’t go broke taking a profit, but that assumes you will make a profit on everything you do. It doesn’t allow for the mistakes you’re bound to make in the investment business. Funny thing is, I know plenty of guys who consider themselves to be long-term investors but who are still perfectly happy to trade in and out and back into their favourite stocks.

Some years ago I was the adviser to a profit-sharing trust for a large commodities dealer. I bought for them–I think the stock has been split 15 times since then–a block of Texas Instruments at $14 a share. When the stock got up to $28, the pressure got so strong (“Well, why don’t we sell half of it, so as to get our bait back?’) I had all I could do to hold them until it got to $35. Then the same argument: “Phil, sell some of it; we can buy it back when it gets down again.’

That is a totally ridiculous argument. Either this is a better investment than another one or a worse one. Getting your bait back is just a question of psychological comfort. It doesn’t have anything to do with whether it is the right move or not. But, at any rate, we did that. The stock subsequently went above $250 within two or three years. Then it had a wide open break and fell to the mid-50s. But it didn’t go down to $35.

What turned you off in the short term?

Let me go back to the 1930s. The company I really started my business on was FMC Corp., then called Food Machinery. Two-thirds of its business was in selling to fruit and vegetable canners. So I started learning a fair amount about the canning business. Three different times in the Thirties I bought California Packing–that’s the Del Monte line–at a low price, when the outlook for canning looked poor, and sold it at a high price. I also bought, for any client who I could get to buy it, as much Food Machinery stock as they would let me.

Then in 1940 or 1941 I reviewed the bidding and found that the effort I had put into the timing of buying and selling California Packing shares considerably exceeded the time I had spent learning about and watching Food Machinery stock. Yet already by 1940 my profits in Food Machinery dwarfed the ins and outs of California Packing. That episode finally made me decide not to follow the almost accepted policy at the time that you should buy low and sell high and make a profit and bring it in. This just isn’t valid.

Warren Buffett once said his investment philosophy was 85% Ben Graham, 15% Phil Fisher. What’s the difference between Grahamism and Fisherism?

There are two fundamental approaches to investment. There’s the approach Ben Graham pioneered, which is to find something intrinsically so cheap that there is little chance of it having a big decline. He’s got financial safeguards to that. It isn’t going to go down much, and sooner or later value will come into it. Then there is my approach, which is to find something so good–if you don’t pay too much for it–that it will have very, very large growth. The advantage is that a bigger percentage of my stocks is apt to perform in a smaller period of time–although it has taken several years for some of these to even start, and you’re bound to make some mistakes at it. [But] when a stock is really unusual, it makes the bulk of its moves in a relatively short period of time.

The disadvantage of Ben Graham’s approach, as he preached it, is it is such a good method that practically everybody knows it and has picked up the things that meet his formula. I don’t want to say that mine is the only formula for success. But I think, and I may be conceited about this, that I started my business before the term growth stock was thought of.

2. Alien Truth – Paul Graham

If there were intelligent beings elsewhere in the universe, they’d share certain truths in common with us. The truths of mathematics would be the same, because they’re true by definition. Ditto for the truths of physics; the mass of a carbon atom would be the same on their planet. But I think we’d share other truths with aliens besides the truths of math and physics, and that it would be worthwhile to think about what these might be.

For example, I think we’d share the principle that a controlled experiment testing some hypothesis entitles us to have proportionally increased belief in it. It seems fairly likely, too, that it would be true for aliens that one can get better at something by practicing. We’d probably share Occam’s razor. There doesn’t seem anything specifically human about any of these ideas.

We can only guess, of course. We can’t say for sure what forms intelligent life might take. Nor is it my goal here to explore that question, interesting though it is. The point of the idea of alien truth is not that it gives us a way to speculate about what forms intelligent life might take, but that it gives us a threshold, or more precisely a target, for truth. If you’re trying to find the most general truths short of those of math or physics, then presumably they’ll be those we’d share in common with other forms of intelligent life.

Alien truth will work best as a heuristic if we err on the side of generosity. If an idea might plausibly be relevant to aliens, that’s enough. Justice, for example. I wouldn’t want to bet that all intelligent beings would understand the concept of justice, but I wouldn’t want to bet against it either.   

3. Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang: ‘The semiconductor industry is near the limit’ – Max A. Cherney and Jensen Huang

Artificial intelligence is one of the most transformative technologies that the world’s ever known. We can apply intelligence to problems at an extraordinary scale. Humans have great intelligence, but we can only read so much information and wrap that intelligence around so much data. And artificial intelligence, especially with today’s computing scale, could solve problems that no humans could possibly imagine wrapping their arms around. This instrument [AI] is available for the world’s largest technology companies that apply it for all kinds of interesting, very important problems like shopping and music recommendation and things like that.

But we need to put this technology in the hands of scientists, so they can apply it to the most important and pressing challenges. Most universities don’t have the budget. And it’s really quite a shame that most universities today still have [haven’t] come to grips with the idea that in order to advance the most important fields of science, you need a new type of instrument — just like we needed radio telescopes, just like we needed particle accelerators. We need instruments to advance science.

And in this new form, in this new world of scientific discovery, where principal methods, theoretical methods are still very important, but data-driven methods are vitally important. And this data-driven method is really about inferring from sensor information: How to predict physics, and in order to do this you need a large instrument, and that large instrument [today] is a computer, and most universities just don’t have the budgets for the scientists. They have the budget for the buildings, but they don’t have budgets for computers.

The semiconductor industry is near the limit. It’s near the limit in the sense that we can keep shrinking transistors but we can’t shrink atoms — until we discover the same particle that Ant Man discovered. Our transistors are going to find limits and we’re at atomic scales. And so [this problem] is a place where material science is really going to come in handy.

A great deal of the semiconductor industry is going to be governed by the advances of material sciences, and the material sciences today is such an enormously complicated problem because things are so small, and without a technology like artificial intelligence we’re simply not going to be able to simulate the complicated combination of physics and chemistry that is happening inside these devices. And so artificial intelligence has been proven to be very effective in advancing battery design. It’s going to be very effective in discovery and has already contributed to advancing more durable and lightweight materials. And there’s no question in my mind it is going to make a contribution in advancing semiconductor physics.

4. Black Monday – October 19, 1987 – Gene Hoots

The worst day in market history was October 19, 1987 – 35 years ago tomorrow. Some analysts will mention this on market news, perhaps referring to “old timers” who remember Black Monday.  To me, it seems like only yesterday. It was the most fearful day I have experienced in my 53 years of investing…

…People always think that the current bad market is the worst ever. Historical perspective is important. And unfortunately, we get more perspective from experience than from reading history. You just had to be there!

The 1987 crash ended a five-year ‘bull’ market. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose from 776 in August 1982 to 2,722 in August 1987.” Then, in 8 weeks, the Dow declined 17%. On October 19, forever known as “Black Monday,” the Dow plummeted another 23%, the greatest loss Wall Street had ever suffered in a single day. (An equivalent one day drop now would be about 7,000. That would get your attention!)

I was working in New York at the investment firm, Reich & Tang, very aware of the disaster that was occurring 3 miles south at Broad & Wall Streets. Our office was eerily quiet. About 4:30, a lady who worked in the next office came to my door, and in hushed tones, said, “The Dow is down 508 points.”  The worst day ever!

We had no idea whether the market and the economy would now freefall as they had in 1929.  Everyone was scared. After work, I walked up 5th Avenue toward our apartment. My world had just collapsed. Reich & Tang might go out of business…

…Tom Quinn, the chief investment officer at RJR Investment Management in Winston-Salem was buying stocks like crazy that afternoon.  And when the rest of the world, or 99% of it, was either selling or frozen with fear. The consequences of his decision, a courageous and correct one, show how hard it is to be a contrarian who does the right thing. He later recalled:

I could have been characterized as dangerously unemotional. We were buying stocks for a new $100 million portfolio. By October 18, we had purchased $60 million of stocks, and we held $40 million in cash, planning to be fully invested by month-end. On October 19, we watched the market crash that morning.  We were experiencing pure panic in the market. This was most likely an excellent buying opportunity.  That afternoon, with the market down over 20%, we completed the buying.

This decision was logical and economically correct.  But I was threatened with termination because of this economic wisdom.  Black Swan [unexpected] events create unique opportunities to make money.  However, emotions that create the event will also constrain people from capitalizing on that event.

Some called my not getting caught up in the emotions of the day a “Herculean effort”.  It did not seem Herculean to me, just simple investment common sense.  But what I did may have been more stupid than stupendous. It almost cost me my job.

On the day following the crash, the CEO, expressed shocked that we were buying stocks when the market was crashing.  He wanted us to move the pension fund to 100% cash.  We argued that such action was inappropriate.  We held a series of meetings and discussions to resolve our major differences and reached a compromise. Our investment group agreed to hedge (short) 20% of the plan assets, $370 million. [If the market continued to decline, the trade would profit. If the market advanced, the trade would lose.]

We took the short position 30 days after the crash. Ironically, that was the day the market bottomed. My theory has always been that it took 30 days for the last ERISA fiduciaries to argue, resolve their differences, and complete their liquidation of plan assets. 

Now, being a little wiser, I realize that making the most money at the lowest risk is not the primary objective of fiduciaries or their agents (advisors).  The primary objective is to cover your backside and keep your job or investment account.  It is a matter of short-term thinking rather than long term investing.

The 20% shorting of the S&P 500 Index resulted in a significant loss for the pension fund. A year later, CEO Ross Johnson put RJR ‘in play’ as a buyout.  Floyd Rodgers, a Winston-Salem Journal reporter, interviewed Johnson.  Floyd asked about the shorting incident. Ross dismissed the question, saying, “We made money on that move.” In this business, lots of people make terrible decisions and later claim they are not!  His comment still infuriates me.

5. Meta’s new AI-powered speech translation system for Hokkien pioneers a new approach for an unwritten language – Meta AI Blog

Until now, AI translation has mainly focused on written languages. Yet nearly half of the world’s 7,000+ living languages are primarily oral and do not have a standard or widely used writing system. This makes it impossible to build machine translation tools using standard techniques, which require large amounts of written text in order to train an AI model. To address this challenge, we’ve built the first AI-powered translation system for a primarily oral language, Hokkien. Hokkien is widely spoken within the Chinese diaspora but lacks a standard written form. Our technology allows Hokkien speakers to hold conversations with English speakers.

The open sourced translation system is part of Meta’s Universal Speech Translator (UST) project, which is developing new AI methods that we hope will eventually allow real-time speech-to-speech translation across all extant languages, even primarily spoken ones. We believe spoken communication can help break down barriers and bring people together wherever they are located — even in the metaverse.

To develop this new speech-only translation system, Meta’s AI researchers had to overcome many challenges from traditional machine translation systems, including data gathering, model design, and evaluation. We have much work ahead to extend UST to more languages. But the ability to speak effortlessly to people in any language is a long-sought dream, and we’re pleased to be one step closer to achieving it. We’re open-sourcing not just our Hokkien translation models but also the evaluation datasets and research papers, so that others can reproduce and build on our work…

…Speech translation systems are usually evaluated using a metric called ASR-BLEU, which involves first transcribing the translated speech into text using automatic speech recognition (ASR), and then computing BLEU scores (a standard machine translation metric) by comparing the transcribed text with a human-translated text. However, one of the challenges of evaluating speech translations for an oral language such as Hokkien is that there is no standard writing system. In order to enable automatic evaluation, we developed a system that transcribes Hokkien speech into a standardized phonetic notation called Tâi-lô. This technique enabled us to compute a BLEU score at the syllable level and easily compare the translation quality of different approaches.

In addition to developing a method for evaluating Hokkien-English speech translations, we also created the first Hokkien-English bidirectional speech-to-speech translation benchmark dataset based on a Hokkien speech corpus called Taiwanese Across Taiwan. This benchmark dataset will be open-sourced to encourage other researchers to work on Hokkien speech translation and together make further progress in the field…

…The techniques we pioneered with Hokkien can be extended to many other written and unwritten languages. To that end, we are releasing SpeechMatrix, a large corpus of speech-to-speech translations mined with Meta’s innovative data mining technique, called LASER, which will enable researchers to create their own speech-to-speech translation (S2ST) systems and build on our work.

6. An Interview With Replit Founder Amjad Masad – Ben Thompson and Amjad Masad

I really want to understand more about who your users are. One thing you read a lot about is Replit has a massively positive reputation, I would say, amongst teachers for example, where it’s just so much easier for students in a class. I think this really came to the fore during COVID when people were working from home, and you couldn’t help students get their computers set up correctly and the ability to just go to a browser and to your point, everything is there ready to use. There’s another core which is people like young Amjad back in Amman who doesn’t have access to a ton of resources but does have a computer with a browser, and Replit is accessible and it’s free to use. But then if you go to the other end of the spectrum, there are professional developers who would perhaps argue that making it hard to get set up is an excellent filter for people who are good at problem solving, Replit maybe makes it too easy.

I would assume your biggest market is by far on that first side of the spectrum, the people that where the ease of use is a really killer feature. The problem is maybe all the money to be made or the big market at least today is on the opposite end of the spectrum. Do you see Replit in the long run bridging that gap? Or is this a situation where you’re going to be so easy to use and so easy to get started and then you’ll just keep building features over time that you’ll capture the next generation and you don’t need to worry about the gray beards over there saying like, “Oh, that’s trivial. I could have built that if I wanted to.”

AM: I think the answer is both, and historically it’s been both. So if you look at the PC revolution, the microcomputer, it started with kids and with hobbyists and computer clubs. What did the professionals do? They were using IBM mainframes at their companies and they looked down at everyone that used a PC. PCs didn’t have a killer app, it was VisiCalc or some of the spreadsheet apps that were the first killer apps. Apple was mostly a home computer and education computer, Microsoft was also an education company, Microsoft’s first product is BASIC, it’s a beginner programming environment. So a lot of computer revolutions, a lot of these big companies start kind of simple, start like a toy, and a lot of the initial beachhead market is hobbyists, teachers, schools and things like that, and that’s a great place to be in.

The reason Adobe has been around for a long time is because everyone’s pirating Adobe and using it at school, and it’s so embedded. These companies are so embedded in our childhood, and so we just grew up using it and I think the same thing’s going to happen with Replit. We have people start their first line of code on Replit and go all the way now to starting a job. I just tweeted about a kid who he said every line of code he’s ever written, CS student at Waterloo, has been on Replit. He just interned at Apple, and presumably he used Replit as well there. So you’re going to see a whole generation of people growing up on Replit and taking it to their jobs and I think at some point there’s going to be enough of them that also the companies are going to be paying attention and be like, “Okay, I have all these people that are very effective, that are very collaborative, that are very fast.” And by the way, maybe we’ll talk about some of our AI tools later on…

You did an excellent job of setting up a whole host of topics that I wanted to touch on. Let’s start with the collaboration bit. This is something that the web makes possible first and foremost, but how important has that been to Replit? Was that in the vision to start out with? Because you start out with this idea, “Oh, it should be super easy to get started.” Well, for a single player in part you need it to be super easy to get started because you don’t know anyone to talk to, you have no one to help you get set up. It’s almost counter to your founding story where actually now collaboration and people being able to work together is a big part of what I hear in the Replit value proposition. So tell me how you got to collaboration and why that is important for you and your value proposition now.

AM: I think the web is deeply collaborative. The idea that a resource is accessible via URL, which has the word resource in it, is a deeply collaborative concept. The idea that I can pass you a link and we’re both looking at the same thing, that is the fundamental of collaboration. So it was immediately obvious for us the moment we added saving of projects and the ability to pass around these links — the way people used to collaborate before we added multiplayer coding is that I’ll get a link, I’ll fork that, and I’ll change something, I’ll send you a link, and people will fork things thousands of times and just go back and forth between each other. Collaboration was an emergent property of the architecture of the system just by being in on the web and then collaborative coding — Google Docs sort of popularized this idea of being in real time together, and it was an obvious extension of being able to pass a URL and being able to have access to the same object and the same thing that you’re viewing the same document.

So we started working on that in 2017/2018 and turned out it’s a lot harder than we expected. Recently it became really, really good and really reliable because with Google Doc you have a server-client relationship, and it’s very easy to reason about that. With Replit you have the server that’s running your code that could actually crash at any given moment because you might write bad code. It’s also managing the state and so it is more of a distributed systems problem because any time the server can come up and down and anyone can connect at any given point, and so Replit collaboration is designed in a more distributed systems fashion. So we worked on that and we launched it in 2018. It was a bit of a slow start, and it really exploded in COVID when people realized that I can just share this thing and I can be in this document with this other person and we’re coding and it’s really a magical experience.

That being said, I think that it’s very early in code collaboration. Again, there’s a lot of different things other than writing prose. One example being is I could introduce syntax error in one file, and you’re trying to run the program in another file and I just broke the program, how do you deal with that? We think there’s this potential hybrid system somewhere between real time and between Git that exists where you could checkout single files, or you could imagine this thing that I like to call the multiverse of a code project where you have a single code project instance but every edition is sort of a mini-fork of the project and then you can transparently go between forks or go back to master and having all that kind of resolved in real time. There’s a lot of innovation to be made on collaboration, and I think we’ll be the first to figure it out…

I did want to touch on that. One of the reasons I reached out to you, and why I’ve been interested in Replit just from afar, you mentioned Paul Graham earlier, he is one of your biggest cheerleaders for sure. He’s got a, needless to say, pretty good track record on the companies he’s pretty enthusiastic about. But then also there was this just being this web-centric, collaborative-centric, there’s a Figma, you mentioned Figma earlier, comparison there and how powerful that can be. But what really triggered reaching out now was your announcement of Ghostwriter, and this is GitHub Copilot adjacent, this idea where you can basically — you already have this multiplayer idea, you can code with someone else. I like the way you framed it where now, the other multiplayer can basically be AI and it can help you do this. Was Copilot, is that what opened your eyes to this and this possibility?

AM: In 2013, I read this paper called On The Naturalness Of Software. I actually have it on my website because I love that paper so much. So this paper — I read it fairly early on and it basically says code is like natural language. They actually have this statistical reason for why they think code can be thought of as natural language. And then, they’re like, “Okay, if it is natural language, can you apply NLP (Natural Language Processing) on it?” So in this paper, they built this n-gram model and they build this auto complete engine based on this n-gram model and it was actually — so an n-gram model is just a frequency model, right? It’s like how frequent is this word following this word? So a probability distribution for words.

It turns out, you can build a fairly sophisticated auto-complete engine just based on the n-gram. When they actually married n-gram with a more semantic engine like say, IntelliJ’s IDE engine, they were able to build a superior auto-complete engine that users found better and they had some data around that. So I was like, “Okay. Wow, this is insane.” I’ve spent all my career working with code and coding, I write code to manage code. At Code Academy, we wrote code to execute code. At Facebook, I wrote compilers. I was lead developer on Babel which is the world’s most popular JavaScript compiler. I started a JavaScript infrastructure engineering team at Facebook, so I always wrote compiler-like things and it’s very laborious.

Yep. A lot of busy work.

AM: A lot of busy work and also very algorithmic and semantically challenging. So when I saw this paper and saw this, “Okay, we can actually apply these statistical approaches to code,” that opened my mind. One of our first pitches, we actually talk about we want to do AI-supported code. As I was thinking about the modes that we’re going to have, data kept coming back as a mode. We’re going to have everyone’s coding experiences from their first line of code to their first job. And so, what does that give us?

So I’ve been following the space and tried a few times to do something with it. When GPT-2 came out, that was the first time we were like, “Okay, now the technology is almost there.” Actually, we also tried to acquire Tabnine, the founder of Tabnine was an OpenAI intern that sold it to some company before it grew. So when we were seeding we were trying to cap money together to acquire this company but anyways, the technology wasn’t really there. So GPT-2 came out, we started saying, “Okay, this is probably going to enable this technology.” GPT-3 came out, I immediately started writing software for it and then we started building on GPT-3. We released explain code before Copilot and before anyone else. We released a bunch of experiments on OpenAI.

Unfortunately, the pricing model of OpenAI just didn’t make sense for us. The other thing is we are a company that knows how to optimize compute and we have, at any given point, 1 million containers running continuously. It makes us one of the bigger clouds in the world actually and so it just didn’t make sense for us to build on OpenAI because we couldn’t control latency, we couldn’t get uptime. It’s a great company, we love them, we’re partnered with them but at the end of the day, it just made sense for us to build our own. So with the Ghostwriter, we started from an open source model and we applied a ton of optimization on it and a ton of additional training and work and we built this really nice front-end UX on top of it and we’re now in closed beta. We’re going to open beta pretty soon and then you’ll be able to buy it as a Power Up on Replit next month.

7.  “Zaitech” (財テク) – O-Tone

But a handful of pundits in Japan had been well aware about a peculiar phenomenon taking place within Japan’s corporate sector: “Zaitech” (Japanese 財テク), or “Zaiteku”, which means money management. The Japanese term is a blend of 財務 (zaimu, “financial dealings”) and テクノロジー (tekunorojii, “technology”).

It describes a corporate strategy where earnings are generated through non- operating financial activities and speculation. Today “Zaitech” is known under the label of “financial engineering”, and mainly conducted in the western hemisphere.

In its extremes, “Zaitech” was as simple and safe as investing retained earnings in short-term bank certificates. At the other end of the spectrum, it meant borrowing money from Japanese banks or in the Eurobond market to enter highly speculative positions in a variety of financial instruments.

The heyday of “Zaitech” was in the late 1980’s, right after the Plaza Accord to devalue the dollar against its major peers. Within one year after the agreement in 1985 by the G5 countries (Japan, United States, West Germany, Britain, and France) the Yen doubled in value vs. the US Dollar.

Japanese exporters were hit hard. They had to lower unit prices in Yen to maintain market shares. Profit margins plummeted. To shore up profits, an increasing number of companies engaged in “Zaitech”. The Bank of Japan (BOJ) facilitated the trend by deciding to soften the blow of rapid Yen appreciation through unprecedented monetary easing.

The actual extent of “Zaitech” was unknown. According to Nomura, financial assets of Japan Inc. totalled $909.7 billion in March 1983. Three years later they had grown to $1.4 trillion. In 1986 it was rumoured that one third of Toyota Motor’s pre-tax profits was based on “Zaitech”. And, at least within Japan, it was an open secret that other prominent Japanese companies, like Sony Corp. and Sanyo Electric Co engaged in it.

With the amount also complexity of “Zaitech” operations increased. Corporate Japan had long gone beyond merely speculating out of retained earnings or bank loans. Instead, it raised money via sales of dollar-denominated Eurobonds with stock warrants attached to it. Those warrants became extremely popular over time. Roughly half of them were sold within Japan. The rest easily placed, and eagerly purchased, internationally with very low interest rates attached to them. Basically, when converting the dollar proceeds into Yen, Japanese borrowers often had an effective interest cost of nil, or less.

The funds would then be put into securities that had been in a sustained uptrend, such as Japanese real estates, stocks, bonds, or even warrants and/ or options. “Tokkin” funds were also popular vehicles used by corporate Japan. Trust accounts with special tax advantages, often handled by young and highly aggressive “portfolio managers”, and eagerly marketed by leading Japanese investment banks like Nomura or Daiwa.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Adobe, Apple, Meta Platforms, and Microsoft. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 16 October 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 16 October 2022:

1. The World According to Xi Jinping – Kevin Rudd

Xi has brought that era of pragmatic, nonideological governance to a crashing halt. In its place, he has developed a new form of Marxist nationalism that now shapes the presentation and substance of China’s politics, economy, and foreign policy. In doing so, Xi is not constructing theoretical castles in the air to rationalize decisions that the CCP has made for other, more practical reasons. Under Xi, ideology drives policy more often than the other way around. Xi has pushed politics to the Leninist left, economics to the Marxist left, and foreign policy to the nationalist right. He has reasserted the influence and control the CCP exerts over all domains of public policy and private life, reinvigorated state-owned enterprises, and placed new restrictions on the private sector. Meanwhile, he has stoked nationalism by pursuing an increasingly assertive foreign policy, turbocharged by a Marxist-inspired belief that history is irreversibly on China’s side and that a world anchored in Chinese power would produce a more just international order. In short, Xi’s rise has meant nothing less than the return of Ideological Man.

These ideological trends are not simply a throwback to the Mao era. Xi’s worldview is more complex than Mao’s, blending ideological purity with technocratic pragmatism. Xi’s pronouncements about history, power, and justice might strike Western audiences as impenetrable or irrelevant. But the West ignores Xi’s ideological messaging at its own peril. No matter how abstract and unfamiliar his ideas might be, they are having profound effects on the real-world content of Chinese politics and foreign policy—and thus, as China’s rise continues, on the rest of the world…

…In 2013, barely five months after his appointment as party general secretary, Xi gave an address to the Central Conference on Ideology and Propaganda, a gathering of top party leaders in Beijing. The contents of the speech were not reported at the time but were leaked three months later and published by China Digital Times. The speech offers an unfiltered portrait of Xi’s deepest political convictions. In it, he dwells on the risks of the ideological decay that led to the collapse of Soviet communism, the West’s role in fomenting ideological division within China, and the need to crack down on all forms of dissent. “The disintegration of a regime often starts from the ideological area,” Xi said. “Political unrest and regime change may occur overnight, but ideological evolution is a long-term process,” he continued, warning that once “ideological defenses are breached, other defenses become very difficult to hold.” But the CCP “has justice on our side,” he assured his audience, encouraging them not to be “evasive, bashful, or mince our words” in dealing with Western countries, whose goal is “to vie with us for the battlefields of people’s hearts and for the masses, and in the end to overthrow the leadership of the CCP and China’s socialist system.”

This meant cracking down on anyone “harboring dissent and discord” and demanding that CCP members demonstrate loyalty not only to the party but also to Xi personally. What followed was an internal “cleansing” of the CCP, accomplished by purging any perceived political or institutional opposition, in large part through a decadelong anticorruption campaign that had begun even before the speech. A “rectification campaign” brought another round of purges to the party’s political and legal affairs apparatus. Xi also reasserted party control over the People’s Liberation Army and the People’s Armed Police and centralized China’s cybersecurity and surveillance systems. Finally, in 2019, Xi introduced a party-wide education campaign titled “Don’t Forget the Party’s Original Purpose, Keep the Mission in Mind.” According to an official document announcing the initiative, its goal was for party members “to gain theoretical learning and to be baptized in ideology and politics.” By around the end of his first term, it had become clear that Xi sought nothing less than to transform the CCP into the high church of a revitalized, secular faith…

…But as the party apparatus increasingly asserted control of the economic departments of the state, China’s policy debates on the relative roles of the state and the market became increasingly ideological. Xi also progressively lost confidence in market economics following the global financial crisis of 2008 and China’s homegrown financial crisis of 2015, which was sparked by the bursting of a stock market bubble and led to a nearly 50 percent collapse in the value of Chinese stocks before the markets finally settled in 2016.

China’s economic policy trajectory under Xi—from a consensus in support of market reforms to an embrace of increased party and state intervention—has therefore been uneven, contested, and at times contradictory. Indeed, in late 2013, less than six months after Xi’s revivalist sermon on ideology and propaganda, the Central Committee of the CCP (the top several hundred leaders of the party) adopted a remarkably reformist document on the economy, starkly titled “The Decision.” It outlined a series of policy measures that would allow the market to play “the decisive role” in the allocation of resources in the economy. But the rollout of these policies slowed to a standstill in 2015, while state-owned enterprises received trillions of dollars in investment from “industry guidance funds” between 2015 and 2021—a massive infusion of government support that brought the Chinese state roaring back to the center of economic policy…

…Xi’s ideological beliefs have committed China to the goal of building what Xi describes as a “fairer and more just” international system—one anchored in Chinese power rather than American power and one that reflects norms more consistent with Marxist-Leninist values. For that reason, China has pushed to strip UN resolutions of all references to universal human rights and has built a new set of China-centric international institutions, such as the Belt and Road Initiative, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, to rival and eventually replace Western-dominated ones. A Marxist-Leninist quest for a “more just” world also shapes China’s promotion of its own national development model across the global South as an alternative to the “Washington consensus” of free markets and democratic governance. And Beijing has offered a ready supply of surveillance technologies, police training, and intelligence collaboration to countries around the world, such as Ecuador, Uzbekistan, and Zimbabwe, that have eschewed the classical Western liberal-democratic model.

These changes in Chinese foreign and security policy were signaled well in advance by earlier shifts in Xi’s ideological line. Using what Western audiences might see as obscure, theoretical mumbo jumbo, Xi has communicated to the party a crystal-clear message: China is much more powerful than it ever was, and he intends to use this power to change the course of history…

…But Xi is not completely secure. His Achilles’ heel is the economy. Xi’s Marxist vision of greater party control over the private sector, an expanding role for state-owned enterprises and industrial policy, and the quest for “common prosperity” through redistribution is likely to shrink economic growth over time. That is because declining business confidence will reduce private fixed capital investment in response to growing perceptions of political and regulatory risk; after all, what the state gives, the state can also take away. This applies in particular to the technology, finance, and property sectors, which have been China’s principal domestic growth engines for the last two decades. China’s attractiveness to foreign investors has also declined because of supply chain uncertainty and the impact of the new doctrines of national economic self-sufficiency. At home, China’s business elites have been spooked by the anticorruption campaign, the arbitrary nature of the party-controlled judicial system, and a growing number of high-profile tech titans falling out of political favor. And China has yet to figure out how to leave behind its “zero covid” strategy, which has compounded the country’s economic slowdown.

Adding to these weaknesses are a number of long-term structural trends: a rapidly aging population, a shrinking workforce, low productivity growth, and high levels of debt shared between state and private financial institutions. Whereas the CCP had once expected average annual growth to remain around six percent for the rest of the 2020s before slowing to around four percent for the 2030s, some analysts now worry that in the absence of a radical course correction, the economy will soon begin to stagnate, topping out at around three percent in the 2020s before falling to around two percent in the 2030s. As a result, China might enter the 2030s still locked in the so-called middle-income trap, with an economy smaller or only marginally larger than that of the United States. For China’s leadership, that outcome would have profound consequences. If employment and income growth falter, China’s budget would come under pressure, forcing the CCP to choose between providing health care, elder care, and pension entitlements on the one hand and pursuing national security goals, industrial policy, and the Belt and Road Initiative on the other. Meanwhile, China’s gravitational pull on the rest of the global economy would be called into question. The debate over whether the world has already witnessed “peak China” is only just beginning, and when it comes to China’s long-term growth, the jury is still out.

2. Discovering novel algorithms with AlphaTensor – Alhussein Fawzi, Matej Balog, Bernardino Romera-Paredes, Demis Hassabis, and Pushmeet Kohli

Algorithms have helped mathematicians perform fundamental operations for thousands of years. The ancient Egyptians created an algorithm to multiply two numbers without requiring a multiplication table, and Greek mathematician Euclid described an algorithm to compute the greatest common divisor, which is still in use today. 

During the Islamic Golden Age, Persian mathematician Muhammad ibn Musa al-Khwarizmi designed new algorithms to solve linear and quadratic equations. In fact, al-Khwarizmi’s name, translated into Latin as Algoritmi, led to the term algorithm. But, despite the familiarity with algorithms today – used throughout society from classroom algebra to cutting edge scientific research – the process of discovering new algorithms is incredibly difficult, and an example of the amazing reasoning abilities of the human mind…

…For centuries, mathematicians believed that the standard matrix multiplication algorithm was the best one could achieve in terms of efficiency. But in 1969, German mathematician Volker Strassen shocked the mathematical community by showing that better algorithms do exist.

Through studying very small matrices (size 2×2), he discovered an ingenious way of combining the entries of the matrices to yield a faster algorithm. Despite decades of research following Strassen’s breakthrough, larger versions of this problem have remained unsolved – to the extent that it’s not known how efficiently it’s possible to multiply two matrices that are as small as 3×3. 

In our paper, we explored how modern AI techniques could advance the automatic discovery of new matrix multiplication algorithms. Building on the progress of human intuition, AlphaTensor discovered algorithms that are more efficient than the state of the art for many matrix sizes. Our AI-designed algorithms outperform human-designed ones, which is a major step forward in the field of algorithmic discovery. 

First, we converted the problem of finding efficient algorithms for matrix multiplication into a single-player game. In this game, the board is a three-dimensional tensor (array of numbers), capturing how far from correct the current algorithm is. Through a set of allowed moves, corresponding to algorithm instructions, the player attempts to modify the tensor and zero out its entries. When the player manages to do so, this results in a provably correct matrix multiplication algorithm for any pair of matrices, and its efficiency is captured by the number of steps taken to zero out the tensor.

This game is incredibly challenging – the number of possible algorithms to consider is much greater than the number of atoms in the universe, even for small cases of matrix multiplication. Compared to the game of Go, which remained a challenge for AI for decades, the number of possible moves at each step of our game is 30 orders of magnitude larger (above 1033 for one of the settings we consider).

Essentially, to play this game well, one needs to identify the tiniest of needles in a gigantic haystack of possibilities. To tackle the challenges of this domain, which significantly departs from traditional games, we developed multiple crucial components including a novel neural network architecture that incorporates problem-specific inductive biases, a procedure to generate useful synthetic data, and a recipe to leverage symmetries of the problem.

We then trained an AlphaTensor agent using reinforcement learning to play the game, starting without any knowledge about existing matrix multiplication algorithms. Through learning, AlphaTensor gradually improves over time, re-discovering historical fast matrix multiplication algorithms such as Strassen’s, eventually surpassing the realm of human intuition and discovering algorithms faster than previously known.

For example, if the traditional algorithm taught in school multiplies a 4×5 by 5×5 matrix using 100 multiplications, and this number was reduced to 80 with human ingenuity, AlphaTensor has found algorithms that do the same operation using just 76 multiplications…

…Because matrix multiplication is a core component in many computational tasks, spanning computer graphics, digital communications, neural network training, and scientific computing, AlphaTensor-discovered algorithms could make computations in these fields significantly more efficient. AlphaTensor’s flexibility to consider any kind of objective could also spur new applications for designing algorithms that optimise metrics such as energy usage and numerical stability, helping prevent small rounding errors from snowballing as an algorithm works.   

3. This Is Life in the Metaverse – Kashmir Hill

Horizon is “Meta’s universe in the metaverse,” said Vishal Shah, the executive in charge of “the spatial co-present version of the internet” that the company formerly known as Facebook has staked its future on. Meta has an impressive track record, fundamentally changing the way its nearly three billion users socialize, share information and waste time…

…There is no shortage of skeptics mocking Meta’s plans, but how many of them have actually experienced the metaverse? I decided to try it out, defining, for my purposes, the metaverse as Horizon, Meta’s virtual platform for events, business meetings and user-constructed spaces.

My goal was to visit at every hour of the day and night, all 24 of them at least once, to learn the ebbs and flows of Horizon and to meet the metaverse’s earliest adopters. I gave up television, books and a lot of sleep over the past few months to spend dozens of hours as an animated, floating, legless version of myself.

I wanted to understand who was currently there and why, and whether the rest of us would ever want to join them…

…Sam Ferrer, 25, an illustrator based in the New York metropolitan area, wears golden, owl-like spectacles just like her avatar, Lil Nihilist. She told me that the metaverse had helped her through a difficult time in her life.

“If I never picked up a V.R. headset when I did, I might be dead now,” she said one night in the Plaza.

Ms. Ferrer graduated from college at the beginning of the pandemic and moved across the country to where she had no friends. In December 2020, isolated and lonely, she walked into an Amazon 4-Star store and spontaneously bought a Quest 2. She started social networking in virtual reality almost every night, first on the apps AltSpace and vTime before moving to Horizon.

“I like from 1 a.m. to 3 a.m.,” she said, of when the metaverse is at its peak. She lies under a weighted blanket in her bed, with a snack and a drink, spending hours chatting with friends in Horizon. She plugs her headset into a wall outlet so that the battery doesn’t run out, ending the session when she is too tired to continue.

This pattern is extremely common among the metaverse’s early adopters, who don’t want to be limited to the two hours allowed by the headset’s built-in battery. The World Health Organization says electromagnetic fields emitted by electronic devices such as smartphones do not pose a health risk. A Meta representative said the headset was safe to use while plugged in.

Though I am not a night owl, and had to significantly alter my sleep schedule to go to the metaverse in the wee hours, that is when I had the most interesting conversations, with artists and technologists from across a wide sweep of time zones. Many of them were there for long hours at a time. A beret-wearing avatar named I Love My Cat expressed concern about how long people wore their headsets. She was a “community guide,” one of the many moderators hired by Meta to hang out in the Plaza, answer questions and enforce the company’s code of conduct. She took a break every hour or so during her eight-hour shift.

“I was talking to someone once who had been on for more than 12 hours,” she told me. “I don’t know how they do it.”

It’s easy to lose track of time in Horizon. Like a casino, there are no clocks on the walls. Ms. Ferrer said it was what she did now instead of watching TV or scrolling TikTok.

Horizon’s cartoonish graphics have been widely mocked, but Ms. Ferrer likes the visual simplicity. Allowing users to shed the distractions of the physical world, Horizon offers a meeting of the minds, Ms. Ferrer said, and conversations get deep quickly.

“It’s extremely refreshing to be talked to and to be seen for who I am versus how I look,” she said. “I’m mentally cautious about not making my whole life about it. I still go out to bars or whatever and meet people, but I always have this to come back to.”

Horizon Worlds reminded me of the AOL chat rooms from my earliest days on the internet, in the 1990s — except here I was making eye contact with the people I’d met, seeing their movements and hearing their voices…

…Despite Meta’s warnings, every time I went into the metaverse, I inevitably ran into children. During one of my first visits to the Plaza, on a Monday afternoon in July, a guy in a gray blazer named Dustin excitedly told me that he had joined Horizon the day before and had spent eight straight hours there. He invited me to play a zombie-shooting game in a shopping mall. When tiny versions of the blocky, green zombies appeared, I exclaimed, “They’re little kids!”

“So am I,” he said, before adding, “Well, not that little.”

Dustin told me that he was 11, squarely in the camp of people whose brains were more threatened by the device than by the undead. As other journalists have discovered, there are tons of young people running around Horizon. On the upside for Meta, this means the company finally has a product that appeals to the generation that has largely rejected Instagram and Facebook. Though Horizon is an 18-and-over app, community guides told me that they kicked out only users younger than 13, and only if users explicitly revealed their age…

…Meta’s chief technology officer, Andrew Bosworth, has said the company wants “almost Disney levels of safety.” Horizon has user tools designed to deter virtual assaults and threatening behavior, including a personal boundary that keeps other avatars from getting too close; a “safe mode” that allows a user to escape into a solitary confinement cell; a mute function that can silence another avatar; and a polling function that can gauge whether a group feels a disruptive user should be kicked out.

Meta also asks Horizon users to consent to having their audio recorded. (If they refuse, they can’t talk in Horizon.) Audio is stored on a user’s headset, according to the company, and sent to Meta only if someone files a report, about harassment, for example. Users can be barred for a few hours or even for a month, based on those captured conversations…

…The Soapstone Comedy Club was created by Aaron Sorrels, who goes by the handle Unemployed Alcoholic. After quitting a marketing job to deal with his alcoholism, Mr. Sorrels became a comedian. When the pandemic hit, and he could no longer perform stand-up in his home state of Michigan, he was adrift until hearing that Mr. Zuckerberg was spending billions on the metaverse.

“This is going to be something, and now is the time to get involved,” Mr. Sorrels recalled thinking. He bought three Quest headsets with plans to beam in comedians, but he found more success building a world for amateurs to take the stage.

His club now gets up to 13,000 visitors weekly. He accepts donations from supporters, who get access to a private lounge, and he is among a small group of creators who Meta allows to monetize their worlds. Mr. Zuckerberg recently name-checked the Soapstone during an appearance on Joe Rogan’s podcast, which has millions more listeners than Horizon’s last confirmed tally of hundreds of thousands of users. Mr. Sorrels said running “a cartoon comedy club in a pretend land” was now his full-time job.

I started chatting with a man sitting next to me in the club named Malefic, who had a goatee and earrings, though his real-world self, Joe Cronin, had neither. Six hours earlier, Mr. Cronin, 30, a married programmer based in Pennsylvania with two small children, had been playing video games online with friends. When they went to sleep, he came to Horizon, his headset plugged into the wall, to decompress and socialize after an adrenaline-filled session. Horizon is where gamers go to chill out, like skiers at an après-ski bar.

“When you hear the birds chirping, you know you’re in trouble,” said Mr. Cronin, who liked the ability to “go out” via his Quest 2. “You don’t even have to get up and get dressed and get yourself all primped up. You just put on your headset. I’m legit in pajamas right now.”…

…Finding the time to go into the metaverse outside work hours was challenging. At one point, I wore my headset while exercising on a stationary bike. I managed it for 40 minutes, though my eye display fogged up, and I was breathing more heavily than I generally preferred to do when meeting new people. What I was not willing to do was to clock hours sleeping in the headset.

“Oh, that’s me. I sleep in my headset,” said Sam, a redhead in a blazer, one night in the Soapstone. “Imagine waking up in the most amazing place in the universe.”

I thought she was kidding, but she insisted that she was serious. “What does your bedroom look like? Is it where you want to live the rest of your life?” she asked.

I told her I liked my bedroom. She persisted: “That’s where you want to die?”

I said that I didn’t want to die anytime soon but that I did like my bedroom…

…One of my favorite experiences in Horizon was Surrounded, a comedy show produced by Just For Laughs and filmed at its Montreal festival in July. Seven professional comedians, including Pete Holmes and Nicole Byer, had performed in the center of a small, live audience — Horizon allowed me to join it. Attending real-world events in the metaverse could have wide appeal.

“I’ve never heard you laugh so hard,” my husband said, when I took off my headset.

But the companies pushing the metaverse have work to do to make it as “seamless” as their evangelists describe, including making the headset lighter. I tried to get colleagues, including my editor, to meet me in Horizon as I worked on this story, but I rarely succeeded. Zoom was just easier.

4. Your Life is Driven by Network Effects – James Currier

Adam Smith published The Wealth of Nations in 1776. In it, he envisioned markets with thousands of individuals pursuing their own independent self-interest as creating an “invisible hand” that unintentionally promoted the good of society. This “free-market model” allowed him to point out the math and mechanisms behind the emergence of large-scale social order.

Here we want to do the reverse — to use a “network model” to characterize the large scale human social orders and explain how they impact each of us with an often unseen hand.

In short, the networks of human connections in your life create a force that guides you down a path not always fully of your intention, through the mechanism of 100s of small interactions.

Further, this “network force” compounds over time. The longer your relationships, cliques, and communities persist, the more they shape your destiny.

Sociologists regard the evolution of our lives as resulting from a combination of our own choices and preference and the force of our surrounding social network structure.

Observing our own lives, and watching as 100s of founders move through their own journeys, we would go even further in the belief that it’s network forces that influence the majority of how our lives turn out. And 90% of those network forces are established in just 7 crossroads or pivotal life events.

Given the power of network forces on your life, they should be the primary consideration when making decisions at these crossroads. Although it may feel like a complex decision in the moment, they become simplified when seen primarily through the lens of joining and forming new networks and changing the network topology of your life.

The world seems chaotic. But it’s not. Underlying all this apparent complexity is some wonderfully simple math. Follow the math to your destination.

Understanding the primacy of networks will give you a superpower to see what others do not and navigate life’s big decisions more effectively…

…Did you know the frequency of the words you use are determined by an underlying mathematical pattern?

What’s stranger is that same mathematical pattern seems to determine the sizes of cities within a country, income distributions of people within an economy, income distribution among companies, how much traffic goes to different websites on the Internet, how often last names are used in a society, the number of phone calls people receive, the number of people who die in wars.

This mathematical pattern is a power law known as Zipf’s Law. It was first noticed as a principle of language. About 100 years ago, physicists and linguists discovered that the second most commonly used word in English is used one half as much as the most used word. The third most used word is used one third as much as the most used word, so forth down through all the words in a given language.

This law turns out to hold not just in languages, but in many other cases. The world looks complex or chaotic on the surface, particularly in social matters and perhaps your own life, but underlying what we see are simple rules of math.

The underlying mechanism for Zipf’s law is not yet agreed on but the main hypothesis is that it’s an outgrowth of the Principle of Least Effort. In short, systems that survive and operate at steady state optimize for efficiency. When they do, things tend to look like Zipf distributions.

Related to your life, an even stranger implication of Zipf’s Law is that unconscious network forces will act on anyone or any company that gets to be an outlier in one or more of these distributions. Bringing you back in line — or bringing another person or company back in line to make room for your new numbers — will happen without any conscious or intentional force at play.

This is a bit spooky. It means that the number of inhabitants of NYC constrains and influences the number of inhabitants of LA, Seattle, Chatanooga and all American cities in some unseen way because they are all part of the network of US cities. Even though we are each making what feel like independent decisions about where to live, it seems that we are part of this network unconsciously influencing people to keep American cities on the Zipf distribution line. I am one of those people being pushed around. And so are you.

That also implies that my income is somehow influenced by other incomes that surround me as my income fits into the Zipf Law curve. And my country’s GDP is influenced by other countries’ GDPs.

If math is underlying all this, what else in my life is being affected by the larger social order?

5. Little Rules About Big Things – Morgan Housel

There is rarely more or less economic uncertainty; just changes in how ignorant people are to potential risks.

You should obsess over risks that do permanent damage and care little about risks that do temporary harm, but the opposite is more common.

The only way to build wealth is to have a gap between your ego and your income…

…The inability to forecast the past has no impact on our desire to forecast the future. Certainty is so valuable that we’ll never give up the quest for it, and most people couldn’t get out of bed in the morning if they were honest about how uncertain the future is.

Having no FOMO might be the most important investing skill…

…People have vastly different desires, except for three things: Respect, feeling useful, and control over their time. Those are nearly universal.

The market is rational but investors play different games and those games look irrational to people playing a different game…

…A big takeaway from economic history is that the past wasn’t as good as you remember, the present isn’t as bad as you think, and the future will be better than you anticipate.

Most assholes are going through something terrible in their life. People hide their skeletons, which requires blind forgiveness of their quirks and moods because you’re unaware of what they’re dealing with.

History is driven by surprising events but forecasting is driven by obvious ones…

…Nothing too good or too bad stays that way forever, because great times plant the seeds of their own destruction through complacency and leverage, and bad times plant the seeds of their own turnaround through opportunity and panic-driven problem-solving…

…Napoleon’s definition of a military genius was “The man who can do the average thing when everyone else around him is losing his mind.” It’s the same in business and investing…

…Everyone is making a bet on an unknown future. It’s only called speculation when you disagree with someone else’s bet.

There are two types of information: stuff you’ll still care about in the future, and stuff that matters less and less over time. Long-term vs. expiring knowledge. It’s critical to identify which is which when you come across something new…

…Risk is what you can’t see, think only happens to other people, aren’t paying attention to, are willfully ignoring, and isn’t in the news. A little surprise usually does more damage than something big that’s been in the news for months…

…Once-in-a-century events happen all the time because lots of unrelated things can go wrong. If there’s a 1% chance of a new disastrous pandemic, a 1% chance of a crippling depression, a 1% chance of a catastrophic flood, a 1% chance of political collapse, and on and on, then the odds that something bad will happen next year – or any year – are … pretty good. It’s why Arnold Toynbee says history is “just one damn thing after another.”…

…More people wake up every morning wanting to solve problems than wake up looking to cause harm. But people who cause harm get the most attention. So slow progress amid a drumbeat of bad news is the normal state of affairs.

6. Vannevar Bush: Engineer of the American Century – David Senra 

[00:10:06] So I just want to go through a couple of these things just on one page to just give you an idea. Because, guess, the important part here is like studying Edwin Land and studying Bush, one of the main themes is they both had a profound belief in the individual capacity for greatness. So the note I left myself on this page was, “This is more on Bush’s philosophy. A lot of this sounds like Edwin Land.” And so it says, “He was a contrarian, skeptical of easy solutions yet willing to tackle tough problems without a compass. He was a pragmatist who thought that knowledge arose from a physical encounter with a stubborn reality. He was suspicious of big institutions.” Every single thing I’m saying is what Bush believed, but also Edwin Land believed the exact same thing.

They objected to the pernicious effects of an increasingly bureaucratic society and the potential for mass mediocrity. And that’s not hyperbolic. Edwin Land is a two-time Harvard dropout. He winds up going and MIT asks him to give a speech. This, I think, happened in the 1950s. And Land was worried that our educational institutions at that time got so bureaucratic, he said that a student would get a message — he’s talking about MIT, for God’s sake. He said, “A student will get a message that a secret dream of greatness is a pipe dream.” And then he made the point that there’s little connection between the way they’re being taught and how the world actually works.

And he says, “He asked with passion.” This is Edwin Land speaking. “If this is preparation for life, where in the world will a person ever encounter this curious sequence of prepared talks and prepared questions, questions to which the answers are known?” And so Land’s point is, if they are able to survive this educational indoctrination, they may be good but they’ll never be great. And so you see in Bush’s — the way Bush would think about that is like we have — we’re essentially mass-producing mediocrity. And finally, I believe that they both share that’s related to what you and I are talking about right now. He believes that the individual was still of paramount importance…

…Why I think it’s important, because a lot — the reason I started studying him, and I told you this before on other podcast, is like if you study, there’s this gigantic economic explosion in American history that happens during and after World War II, right?

[00:14:03] And when you’re reading books about these founders, and I probably read, I don’t know, 30, 40, 50 of them, Bush is in every single one. His writings and his ideas were influential to generations of technology company founders. And then this book goes into more of how he viewed the world. “Bush saw the engineer as a pragmatic polymath.” And he’s going to describe here what that means. “The engineer, he once wrote, was not a physicist, a businessman, or an inventor, but someone who would acquire some of the skills and knowledge of each of these and be capable of successfully developing and applying new devices on the grand scale.” And that’s important to you and I because he saw entrepreneurs as the people to organize these inputs and to convert the inputs into an actual practical product that could be used by other people.

“This realization that the engineer was the engine of the 20th-century capitalism qualified Bush as the godfather of high technology and a leading proponent of industrial vitality through innovation. He co-founded one company and inspired many others that form the nucleus of the Route 128 high-tech cluster near Boston at the time in American history. Bush’s keen appreciation on the value of entrepreneurs made him a lonely advocate for economic dynamism when most economists welcome the concurrent rise of big business and big government.”

That’s an important point to pause on. He’s having these views. These views are completely — he’s having these views in 1950, it’s completely opposite to the world that he’s living in. And it’s why the author at the very beginning called him a contrarian. “He was among the few who realized the curative power of new ventures. The best way to limit monopoly economic power, he insisted, was through the advent of small, new industrial units,” what we call start-ups today, “for if these latter have half a chance, they can cut rings around the great stodgy businesses.” And so not only did he have opinions, but he forcefully argued those opinions in writing, in speeches, in actions…

…This part actually reminded me, all the way back on Founders #103, I read the biography of Hetty Green, who was the richest woman in America at the time. And she came from a family of whalers. She actually grew up in New Bedford, Massachusetts. And in that book, the author makes the argument that New Bedford, Massachusetts, was the richest city per capita in the world at the time, and that was a direct result of the fact that the whaling industry was so large at that time. So here, we see — this is absolutely incredible. When Bush is growing up in New England as well, he’s in Cape Cod, and for entertainment, as a boy, he would read old whaling logs over and over. And this is why. He said the logs taught him about leadership and group dynamics. “The relations between the captain and the mate during voyages that lasted for years strained human nature to the utmost,” he wrote. He learned that successful captains were autocratic.

Let me actually pause in the middle of this paragraph. So he says he learned the successful captains were autocratic. It doesn’t say how old Bush is when he’s doing this, but let’s say he’s maybe 10 or 15 years old. That would mean since he was born in 1890, he’s doing all this reading, let’s say, 1900, 1905, somewhere in there. About 110, 120 years later, I’m doing all this reading, too. Instead of reading old whaling logs over and over and reading biographies of entrepreneurs over and over, I have come across — like that’s the same conclusion that I’ve come to.

He learned that successful captains were autocratic. And so let’s define that word, a ruler who has absolute power. You and I have talked about that before, the best founders, they run their companies; they’re dictatorships, they’re not democracies. Hopefully, they’ve benevolent dictatorships…

…”He had barely enough money for 1 year of study, and he wished to avoid dragging his new wife into a life of penury.” So he didn’t have enough money. So he said, hey, why not work in 2 jobs to get by. One job, he’s on the faculty at Tufts, and then he’s also working at this company called AMRAD, which is American Radio and Research Corporation. And I mentioned this last week, but the reason that’s important is because this is — out of AMRAD comes the invention of these radio tubes. That’s the foundation for this gigantic company that’s going to make Bush wealthy called Raytheon. And this is an example of being at the right place at the right time with the right set of skills.

“They timed their move well. In 1924, the number of homes with radios tripled. Within 2 years, the first nationwide radio networks were in place. Raytheon’s radio tubes were destined for success. They brought down the price of home radios and made them easier to use. They took away the sense that mastering a radio required a zeal for gadgetry. The ability to plug a radio into a wall socket rather than rely on unwielding batteries domesticated the radio. It was now no more threatening than an electric lamp.” It will never cease to amaze me how all of these ideas fit together.

[00:23:53] So this jumped out at me. I had just recently reread Becoming Steve Jobs, which to me is the best single biography on the life of Steve Jobs that I’ve read so far. I read it for the second time, made another podcast on it. That’s episode 265. In that book, there is this like 200-word mini-speech that Steve gives off the cuff. I think he’s like 22 years old. The reporter writing this article finds him at a computer show. And he uses that exact terminology. So they say, hey, this is what Raytheon did. It gave — it brought down price of home radios, made it easier to use, took away the sense that mastering a radio required a zeal for gadgetry. Very similar to what Steve Jobs thought, like, hey, why are we building computers for hobbyists? For every 1 hobbyists, there’s 1,000 people that just want to buy a computer from a store, plug it in and use it. The ability to plug a radio into a wall socket. It’s the same idea. Rather than rely on unwielding batteries, domesticated the radio. It was now no more threatening than an electric lamp. This is incredible.

So let’s go — I’m going to read the whole 220 forewords because it was included in the book. Because it says, “It gives you an idea of Steve’s fully formed verbal mastery and the fact that he always had this verbal mastery and magnetic charisma even when he was young.” And so the magazine reporter comes to a young Steve Jobs at the computer fair at the Apple computer booth, right? And this is what Steve says, “I wish we had these personal machines when I was growing up,” Jobs tells him. That’s hilarious considering he’s still in the process of growing up when he’s talking about this, right? It’s just hilarious.

Jobs tells him before continuing on for a total of 224 words. “People have been hearing all sorts of things about computers during the past 10 years through the media. Supposedly computers have been controlling various aspects of their lives. Yet in spite of that, most adults have no idea what a computer really is, what it can or can’t do. Now for the first time, people can actually buy a computer for the price of a good stereo, interact with it and find out all about it. It’s analogist to the camera. There are thousands of people across the country taking photography courses. Didn’t have to be professional photographers. They just want to understand what the photographic process is all about.

Same with computers. We started a little personal computer manufacturing company in a garage in Los Altos in 1976. Now we’re the largest personal computer company in the world. We make what we think of as the Rolls-Royce of personal computers.” Here is the punchline, the reason I’m reading this to you, his next sentence. “It is a domesticated computer.”

[00:26:17] That is so wow to me. I love how these ideas all connect. And the crazy thing is this is what speaks to the importance of rereading books. I read this book for the first time, I don’t know, maybe a year ago, a year and a half, I can’t actually remember. Just like I read the Becoming Steve Jobs probably 2 or 3 years ago, the fact that then I pick up the book, the Becoming Steve Jobs book, years later or 2 or 3 years later, whatever it is, reread it, reminded of this fantastic excerpt that’s in that book of a 22- or 21-year-old Steve Jobs. Then a few weeks later or a month later or 2 months later, I don’t actually remember when it was, I picked this book up again, reread it, and like, “Oh, wow, where have I heard the word domesticated? It’s domesticated radio. What the hell? Why is my brain going crazy when I read that?” And I’m like, “I’m pretty sure somebody said that about they domesticated the computer. So who the hell said it?

Then I go to Readwise where I have 20,000 highlights from all these books and all my notes and this crazy database on the history of entrepreneurship that I’m not sure anybody else in the f**** world has. I type in the word domesticated computer and boom. I immediately see the ideas, the philosophy and the communication skills of one of history’s greatest entrepreneurs. That is wild. That is how you know it is a good idea. If you could take something complex and a little bit scary and domesticate it, make it easier for the customer to immediately get a benefit out of. When you do that, you explode the f**** market. The size of the radio market before this invention was tiny compared to what it is now. What is the size of the computer market in 1976, the personal computer market in 1976 compared to now? That is an incredibly powerful idea, domestication. And I would have never ever, ever, ever come up with that on my own. And these two separate experiences are separated by 50 years. This is happening in 1924 and that Steve Jobs quote is from 1977. That gets me fired up…

…So this is happening in 1938. The looming international crisis ended Bush’s days as a world-class inventor. And then he does something unbelievably intelligent here. He moves to DC — to Washington, D.C,, in anticipation before he’s asked to do this.

[00:42:02] And this is why. Bush could not tell if the U.S. would be drawn into the war, but he considered moving to the nation’s capital in case it was. “Washington is a central point,” he thought, and “I might be useful there in time of war.” And this is crazy. He didn’t want to do this. He just thought it was the right thing to do. He did not relish the prospect of living so far from his cherished New England. “Washington struck him as alien ground, and even visiting the city was an irritation to him.”

And then we see this repetition. He’s repeating this idea that’s throughout the entire book. It applies to war, education, company building. This is happening — this chapter is on 1939 and 1940, so I think this is when he said it. “It is being realized with a thought that the world is probably going to be ruled by those who know how in the fullest sense to apply science.” And so in the early days of World War 2 before America jumps in, Charles Lindbergh, the famous aviator, gives this speech — you probably know his name because he actually was the first one to make that first nonstop flight over the Atlantic. I think he flew from like New York to Paris.

But anyway, he gives a speech saying, “Hey, the German Air Force are just so much further ahead. There’s no way we can compete with them.” I’ve read it in a bunch of different books that people thought he was like a Nazi sympathizer. I have no idea. I haven’t looked into it. But the reason I’m bringing this to your attention is because I just love Van Bush’s response. His response to an enemy with superior technology, “All right, cool. We’re just going to have to get smarter.” I absolutely love this guy. Lindbergh left a mark on Bush who did not easily accept influences. Lindbergh showed such respect for German air power that he usually convinced listeners that the Nazi should be granted a wide berth. But Bush reacted differently to Lindbergh’s scare tactics. He was impelled to action by the very threat which Lindbergh so forcefully presented.

This is — I know I’ve repeated this over and over again, but this is a main trait of Bush that we have to get in. He likes to fight. Not one to retreat from a fight, Bush felt the country could keep its peace only by showing its strength. He wisely asserted that every innovation in war could be stymied by a counter-innovation. He glimpsed around the curve of knowledge exuding a poise and confidence that tomorrow’s inventions would erase the advantage of today’s dominant weapons. This is way before the invention of atomic bomb; how crazy is this? He was not unnerved by Germany’s lead in military hardware, neither did he accept American weakness.

7. How great value is being created in the stock market today – Chin Hui Leong

In my book, there are two main components that can cause the share price to increase or decrease: the free cash flow per share (FCF per share) and the price-to-FCF (P/FCF) ratio.

Multiply these two factors, and you get the share price. This simple equation implies that the movement of both the FCF per share or the P/FCF ratio will have a direct impact on a company’s share price…

…The equation above provides us with a framework to decipher what is happening to shares that we own. In the short term, share price movements are usually influenced by the P/FCF ratio.

Take Apple (NASDAQ: AAPL), the manufacturer of the popular iPhone. For the first nine months of its current fiscal year (9MFY22), the Cupertino company saw its FCF rise to US$90.6 billion, up by over 19 per cent from around US$76 billion a year ago. In terms of FCF per share, it has risen from US$4.53 per share in 9MFY21 to US$5.57 per share in 9MFY22.

Yet, despite the growth in FCF per share, Apple shares have fallen by 23 per cent this year. Clearly, the disparity between the iPhone maker’s business performance (represented by its FCF per share) and its share price performance is down to a shrinking P/FCF ratio.

There is a reason for this pessimism. To say today’s stock market sentiment is sour would be an understatement. Optimism arising from the economic bounce post-Covid has been overshadowed by pessimism over rising inflation and higher interest rates.

Should the market sentiment brighten, this ratio could head higher. Yet, as we said earlier, hoping for a higher P/FCF ratio is akin to hoping that investors’ mood changes for the better, which is an unreliable way to invest. We need something more reliable to drive stock price returns. 

To be sure, we are not making light of the current economic situation. Apple is facing headwinds such as supply constraints; foreign currency translation losses due to a strong US dollar; and the impact on its business in Russia.

As investors, however, we have to separate between what’s temporary and what’s permanent. Should we take these current challenges as permanent? I don’t think so.

If history has taught us anything, it’s the business growth, represented by the FCF per share, that will be far more consequential compared to a change in market sentiment. Let me explain.

When I bought shares of Apple in June 2010 at a split adjusted US$8.75 per share, the business had generated US$0.47 per share in FCF over its trailing 12 months. The stock sported a P/FCF ratio of 18.7, as shown in the accompanying table…

…Fast forward to today, and shares have risen by 16 times to around US$140 per share. What’s interesting is the wide disparity between the key drivers behind the stock price increase.

Granted, my shares did benefit from an increase in the P/FCF ratio. However, the contribution of the ratio is a mere 13 per cent over the past 12 years. The clear driver is Apple’s FCF per share which has ballooned from US$0.47 when I bought the shares to over US$6.60 today.

Given the vast difference in contribution to Apple’s share price increase, what would you focus on? The answer is obvious: the business, represented by Apple FCF per share.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Apple, Meta Platforms, and Zoom Video Communications. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 09 October 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 09 October 2022:

1. 105-year-old party elder sends blunt message to Xi – Katsuji Nakazawa

At 105, Song Ping is the Chinese Communist Party’s oldest retired official. Famous for once pressing former President Jiang Zemin to fully retire, Song recently made a rare public appearance.

Due to his advanced age, it was only a video message. But it has caused a stir in Chinese political circles ahead of the party’s once-every-five-years national congress that begins on Oct. 16.

In a congratulatory message for an event on Sept. 12, the centenarian said that the policy of reform and opening-up “has been the only path to the development and progress of contemporary China and the only path to the realization of the Chinese dream.”

These are words that President Xi Jinping himself spoke nearly five years ago. Song cleverly used Xi’s own words to send a message to the top leader.

Xi originally made the remark during his New Year’s address that was released on Dec. 31, 2017, marking the 40th anniversary of the introduction of the reform and opening-up policy by former leader Deng Xiaoping. But Xi has rarely repeated the remark.

More recently, Xi has switched to his own economic policies, such as “common prosperity” and “the prevention of the disorderly expansion of capital.”

Entering his third term, Xi wants to show that he has overtaken Deng in terms of achievements. It is crucial to pave the way for a fourth term and possibly being leader for life.

Song has raised a red flag. Born in 1917, even before the Chinese Communist Party was established, the centenarian has signaled that Deng’s reform and opening-up policy is to be defended at all costs.

It is an undaunted and politically dangerous move.

Song served as a Politburo Standing Committee member under Deng after the 1989 Tiananmen Square crackdown. He also served as a secretary to former Premier Zhou Enlai.

He is well-versed in the finer points of intraparty struggles.

2. Why I Remain Bullish on the United States of America – Ben Carlson

Following the Great Financial Crisis of 2008 a number of macro doom-and-gloomers began predicting a collapse of the U.S. dollar. The Fed was “printing” trillions of dollars. Interest rates had never been that low before.

It was an appealing narrative if you were someone stuck in the negative feedback loop of the biggest economic crash since the Great Depression.

In recent years, it was the crypto maximalists who began predicting the end of the global reserve currency status of the dollar. Alas, the U.S. dollar is stronger than ever…

…Could the dollar be surpassed someday by some other currency or digital equivalent? Of course. But a total collapse of the U.S. dollar? This seems unlikely to me anytime soon.

Why?

Well, this country has an abundance of natural advantages over the rest of the world that help give us that global reserve currency status. Let’s count the ways:

There aren’t any natural heirs to the throne. In the 1980s it was Japan that was going to overtake the U.S. as a global power. That didn’t happen.

Now China is nipping at our heels. China has seen immense economic growth in recent decades and they have more than a billion people. But look at China’s demographic outlook:…

…Economic growth is basically a function of population growth and productivity. China might be in trouble in the decades ahead…

…People still want to live here. Our immigration policies aren’t perfect at the moment, but people from around the globe still want to live here. Immigrants have founded more than half of all start-ups that are valued at a billion dollars or more. Almost 80% of those start-ups either have an immigrant founder or an immigrant in a key C-suite role. As long as we don’t screw things up too bad in the years ahead people from other countries will still want to live here and start businesses.   

3. David Senra – Polaroid: The Genius of Edwin Land – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and David Senra

[00:03:45] David: I’ve studied almost 300 of history’s greatest entrepreneurs in Founders podcast so far. I won’t shut up about Edwin Land. One of my goals in life is if you’re interested in entrepreneurship or doing anything difficult, please, please study this guy. I’m shocked at how so few people know who he was. Why is that important? You know who knew he was? Steve Jobs. Because Steve Jobs would not shut up about Edwin Land. He called Edwin Land his hero. Patterned much of what I thought were unique Steve Jobs’ ideas when I first encountered Steve Jobs and how he built Apple turns out, oh, he just literally copied those from Edwin Land building Polaroid. But Steve Jobs by the time he was 20 called Edwin Land, a national treasure and said he was just hero. And then he’s dying and he’s giving interviews to Walter Isaacson, who writes that biography of him and he’s still talking about the influence Edwin Land had over him. You could argue, most people would say, “Hey, Steve Jobs, if he’s not history’s greatest entrepreneur, he’s up there.” So, why the hell is this guy so obsessed with him? That sent me down the rabbit hole. I was like, “Okay, well, you’re talking about this guy all the time.” I went and tried to find every single book. And now, I’ve read five books on Edwin Land. I just spent the last two weeks rereading three of them. In the last two weeks, I read it another thousand pages on him. I think I’ve done seven episodes on him. That’s how important he is.

But I think to give the listener an idea of why he’s so special, I just want to read a paragraph that comes from this book. The book is published almost 40 years ago in the ’80s. It’s a quote that the writer, the writer of the book worked for Edwin Land for 30 years. He’s quoting his boss, which was Edwin Land’s right hand man and it’s just fantastic. And he says, “Why is Polaroid a nutty place?” And he says, “To start with it’s run by a man who has more brains than anyone has a right to. He doesn’t believe anything until he’s discovered it and proved it for himself. Because of that, he never looks at things the way you and I do. He has no small talk. He has no preconceived notions. He starts from the beginning with everything. That’s why we have a camera that takes pictures and develops them right away and no one else does or can’t.” That could lead to the next discussion. Why is Polaroid so important? Me and you were talking unrelated yesterday and I told you about my friend, John Coogan, who does really in-depth YouTube videos. He’s also a two-time YC Founder. John is only obsessed with technology companies, technology companies that have some patentable advantage. He texts me the other day. He’s like, “Hey, I’m doing research for a video. What are some good examples of technologies that enjoyed long periods of exclusivity?” I was like, “Oh, shit. That’s a really good question.”

So, I go through my entire list. I want to help him as much as I can because I really do enjoy what he’s making. And I go through them like most of the people, if they started something that was patentable, other people realize, “Oh, this is really valuable. Let me have a team of lawyers find a weakness.” Somebody messed up somewhere along. They might have period of exclusivity for five years, maybe 10 years. I went through it. I was like, “It’s Edwin Land in Polaroid,” who had the instant photography field to themselves for three or four decades from mid-1940s to let’s say the very early 1980s. He literally built one of the world’s greatest technological monopolies. He had the field entirely to himself because he locked up all his patents, so by the time Land dies, the only people that have more patents than he does, I think Land had 535 of them was Thomas Edison, and I forgot the second guy. The crazy thing about that, that I was also talking about, is that Kodak who owned the vast majority. Polaroid had had 10% of the entire photography market, but they had basically 100% at the instant photography market. Kodak had the other, 88 to 90%. George Eastman was almost this Rockefeller type person, but he did it just in overall photography.

So, Kodak is like, “Oh, okay. We’ve let you get away with this for multiple decades. We’re going to try to jump in here.” They jumped in. The result of that is this patent infringement case went on for 15 years to get resolved. At the end of that, Polaroid is awarded the largest amount in damages out of any patent infringement case in history. I think it’s since been superseded. This is I think in the early 1990s. it was like a billion dollars. Not only did he lock it up for 40 years because of his technical brilliance, which he talked about. One thing I think entrepreneurs can learn from Edmond Land, his motto is fantastic. He’s like, “My motto is deeply personal and it may not apply to anybody else or any other company,” but he’s like, “Don’t do anything that somebody else can do.” When other people on his board or other managers is like, “Hey, yeah, we’re making a lot of money inventing instant photography,” Xerox is popping off because Xerox was on the up at this point in history. “Let’s make a copier or let’s make a printer or let’s do all this stuff.” He’s like, “We’re not diversifying for shit.”

He had a great analogy. He’s like, “We’re on the 90-yard line, the next closest guy is 30 yards behind and you want me to run around circles. We’re not diversifying. We’re all in on this.” That I think sets it up, which just like, “Okay, we’re dealing with an unusual person.” There’s all kinds of people. That’s like, “Okay. Yeah, you could be super determined and you can be super smart.” So, let’s say you’re 100-level determination, there’s definitely a ton of people like that. Then there’s a ton of people that are like 100 at a 100 level of intelligence. Edwin Land had both and he did it from 17 until 70. And he was a fully formed person. He’s extremely articulate. He was handsome. He was well-dressed. He could talk to you about art. He talked about history. He did all of the product presentations. The way you think about Edwin Land is okay, when there’s a new product, everybody knows when there’s a new Apple product when Apple was alive, Tim Cook is not getting on stage. It’s going to be Steve. Same thing. Edwin Land gets on stage and he had almost like P.T. Barnum levels of showmanship. The reason I won’t shut up about this guy, and I hope people listen to the podcast I made on him and read the books because they’re fantastic, it’s because there’s only one him. I haven’t come across anybody that’s even close to him…

…Let me give you another funny story. He drops out of Harvard twice. The first time he dropped out, he dropped out when he was 17 because he said his fellow classmates were unserious. They were not matching his intensity and his dedication. And that’s another thing when you read about him. They talk about his permanent intensity. He’s intense. There’s a quote I have in front of me, “From the first day I met him, he impressed me as a person who lived his life more intensely than the rest of us.” That’s a quote from his first employee. He was 17. People were still describing him like that at 70. He starts reading this textbook. Textbooks are not fun to read. He says, he’s sleeping with it under his pillow. He’s reading it nightly, “like our ancestors read the Bible,” I think is the quote he used. Religious study. Then he starts doing these experiments. He drops out of Harvard. He’s in New York city. He’s like, “Okay, I want experiment with light. What do I do?”

By the time he dropped out of Harvard, he had gone to the Harvard library and read every single book Harvard had on the science of light. So, then he goes, “Okay. Got that all done. That’s fine.” Moved into New York City. Gets this tiny little crappy apartment. It’s a bed and a lab. That’s his whole life. He’s like, “Okay, what time does the Newark York public library open? 9:00? I’m there at 8 55.” He goes there and reads every book on light. And then he is like, “Okay, now, I’m ready to begin my experiments.” He gets as far as he can. And then he realizes, “Hey, I need some equipment.” So, I think it’s Columbia University. This could be in the 1910s, maybe 1920s, where we’re at in history. So, he is like, “Okay, I’m trying to run experiments. I don’t have a lot of resources. Columbia University does. They’re not going to let me in because I don’t go to school there.” So, he waits till they close and then he breaks in every night and he runs his experiments.

This is who we’re dealing with. He’s 17. What is going on here? That is also something I’ve seen in his entrepreneurship. John Carmack, he went to juvie for Apple 2. Bill Gates and Paul Allen broke into a place to use a computer. George Lucas when he was a young filmmaker. This is very common. They’re not stealing things. “I’m just trying to learn and you guys have resources.” They’re so dedicated, they’d break the law to learn. It’s just another level of intensity. Starts when he was 17. By 19, he gets his first patent and it’s like a giant scientific discovery. He’s like a minor celebrity, really early. That helps him build his company. He does the patent. He makes the first synthetic polarizer. I’ve read what polarizers and all this stuff multiple times, I don’t even understand it…

[00:43:02] Patrick: I think there’s probably something also to be learned about the aftermath of Polaroid after Land’s death. You said something before we went on mic, about the idea of Apple in the era when he was gone. Between his two stints at Apple and what happened to Apple and how similar that was to what happened to Polaroid. I’m thinking back to your enlightened despotism of some of these great entrepreneurial leaders. Talk a bit about what happened to Polaroid after he died and why. And what lessons we can glean from that, looking forward.

[00:43:31] David: There’s a human lesson here, too. This guy has been knocking it out of the park for six decades. You’re not only more driven than anybody else around you. Your record is, at this point now, he’s close to 70 years old. It’s just amazing. You’ve invented entire new industries. Every product you put out, people love it. Eventually, the problem is, of course, I’m right. I assume that I’m right. So, he invents something called the Polavision, which is maybe late 1970s, early 1980s, sometime around there. This is the rise like the home video camcorder thing. He actually is friends with Sony’s Founder, Akio Morita. Land does this great breakthrough, but he’s too late, so he makes, and people can Google Polavision. You can actually see this thing. It’s cool looking for the time. But it’s a handheld way to make videos. But the videos are only three minutes long and they have no sound and it had been development for decades.

Polaroid writes off. I think the official write off they do is $68 million on this project. But they’re like, the accounting is funny. Highly likely it was $500 million. He’s not trying to make money. He’s just like, “Oh, yeah, I got the money. Let’s throw that back in.” He just wants to make great products. When that happens, the board starts to try to push him out. He was CEO, President, Chairman, Head of Research and Science. He’d get like 17 titles. And they’re like, “Edwin, you got to give Bill, this guy, Bill McCune, presidency. You got to give him one of your things.” The stock was having trouble at that time, so he felt pressure and he did that. Bill was more like a John Sculley person. He was way more technical than Sculley, so it’s not a perfect analogy, but his whole thing is, “Let’s diversify.” And that’s where Edwin has that quote, where I just said earlier, it’s like, “We’re on the 90 yard line, the next guy is 30 yards back, and you tell us to diversify.”

This is what Steve Jobs noticed, because Sculley and Jobs met Land. After Land left Polaroid, he had this thing called the Roland Institute of Science. That’s where Jobs and Sculley met him. And they’re leaving and Jobs is like, “That’s the stupidest thing I ever heard of.” They took a company of a truly great man away for blowing a lousy couple of million dollars. Not realizing that three years after Jobs saying that, that Sculley is going to do that to him. The analogy there is we all know that Jobs gets kicked out of 30, has his wilderness years for 12 or 13 years, comes back. When he comes back to Apple, it’s on the precipice of bankruptcy. It’s not doing well. I’ve read 12 books about Jobs. Some people say that was overstated. Some saying, “No, it would happen in a few weeks.” But it’s not doing well. We know that for a fact.

What happened to Polaroid is Land leaves. They try to diversify and it’s also like they started to have digital cameras and they started having camcorders. His main innovation was that, “You can get the picture right away and it looks good.” Now, you’re having, why would you need a Polaroid camera? I mean, you don’t use Polaroid cameras. We take picture every day with our iPhone. What’s crazy in the 1970s, there’s a video you can find. And I’ve read the entire script where Land just sits there unscripted and just goes, “Eventually, the camera is going to be something,” he holds up something that looks like an iPhone, but it’s not an iPhone, “It’s going to be something you carry on you. You can put into your pocket. You’re going to keep it all day long. You’re not going to take two pictures. You’re going to take hundreds every day.”

He is describing in 1970, the smartphone. So, what happens is he has another idea after Polavision fails. But now, he has to go to Bill to get funding. I forgot what it was, maybe $50 million. “I have a project. I want to do it.” Bill is like, “I’m not funding it.” And Edwin is like, “If you don’t fund it, I’ll leave.” And Bill says, “That’s fine.” Edwin Land leaves his company. It’s heartbreaking. He gave his entire life to it. If that happened to me, I’d probably jump off our bridge next day. He continues. He’s still in poor health and he lives for another 7, 8 years. Bill isn’t a product genius., so he’s just like, “Okay, we’ll build printers or we’ll build Xerox or we’ll build film or we’ll do all this other stuff that we have really no advantage.” Exactly Apple after Steve Jobs left. You go look at their very confused product line. It’s like, “Oh, what’s that technology company doing? Okay. We’ll just do that, to but in a slightly different way.” It goes down rapidly.

So, you have the loss of the in-house genius and you have this rise of digital cameras and everything, and it was fast. Less than a decade, I think. Even if they’re not bankrupt, they’re starving off bankruptcy. And then they’re selling off factories. Remember, they also had a huge physical infrastructure. It’s not like a lot of the companies that exist in America today. They were making their own film. They had this huge campus they had to pay for. And that’s just one by one, “Okay. I’ll sell off your foot and maybe that will work. No, that didn’t work? Okay, I need the leg. Give me the leg.” It’s like that old Monty Python thing where it’s like, then you just have a torso. They just cut it off. And by that time it was over, but they have a cult following. So, that’s why the book that I’m holding my hand, The Story of Polaroid, it talks about the impossible project. Essentially, people had bought the assets of Polaroid, try to keep it alive and then they resold it. It’s gone through all these different manifestations today. It is still a brand that exists today, but it’s half of 1% of what it was.

[00:48:05] Patrick: If you were to affix that picture that we talked about earlier of Land’s first demonstration of the Polaroid process in your office, above your desk, whatever. And you were to see it, first thing each morning, what’s going through your head as you see that picture? If we had to sum up this discussion on Land and Polaroid, what boiled down? Does he and the story most represent to you that you find useful for your life and you think other founders might find useful for theirs?

[00:48:34] David: He changes the direction of my life. I was working on two things at that time. I was working on Founders podcast and I had this other idea. It was podcast news for entrepreneurs. We all listen to a lot of same podcasts. There’s a lot of valuable information in these podcasts. There’s no possible way you can listen to all of them. We should hire somebody to take notes and then we’re just on a giant email list. And it’s like, there’s 10 podcasts we listen to. Here’s the 10 notes. It’s still a good idea so much so that people were paying me do it every year.

But when I heard Edwin Land said, “Don’t do anything somebody else can do,” I realized somebody else can do that, but nobody can do Founders the way I can do it. The second thing is this guy will not shut up about the importance of focus and concentration. There’s a line that says among all of Land’s intellectual arsenal, which was huge, the chief asset seems to just be simple concentration. He would go around saying, “Hey, my whole life has been spent trying to teach people that intense concentration for hour after hour can bring out in people resources they didn’t know they had.”

So, I was like, “Okay, I’m going to only do what I can do. I’m going to concentrate completely on it. And then he’s got another great line. “There’s something they don’t teach you at Harvard business school and that’s anything worth doing is worth overdoing.” But even those three ideas is just, “Don’t do something anybody else can do. Do something that’s uniquely you. Make sure your personality is in it.” Edwin Land’s personality is Polaroid writ large. Concentrate on it and then take it further than anybody else possibly would. And if you do that over a long period of time, you’ll get everything out of life that you want.

4. Harley Finkelstein – Building the Entrepreneurship Company – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and Harley Finkelstein 

[00:05:49] Patrick: One of the things that really animates me is people who are distinctive, wacky, different, clearly not similar to other people that I’ve met, something just totally unique about them, often these two categories intersect or overlap, where because they’re doing something they care so deeply about, they don’t really give a crap whether or not they’re doing it in a conventional way or they appear in a conventional way or they communicate in a conventional way. You have this great idea of a river stone, the average polished executive. I’d love you to tell that story of the river stone and what you’ve learned about that and being distinctive and how that relates to potentially big outcomes versus being well-rounded and good at a lot of things.

[00:06:29] Harley: One of the cool parts of leading a large company is that I get to meet a lot of other people leading large companies. First of all, there were big differences between founder-led companies that are at scale and non-founder-led companies. It’s not that one is better, one is worse, it’s just the culture is absolutely unequivocally different. Tobi started the company and still is the CEO of the company. He’s at the helm. So we are definitely a founder-led company. What I’ve noticed, however, the founder versus non-founder-led companies, most large companies, when a leader comes in and that leader has a particular skill or a better way to put it, a particular edge in one category, one area of the business, over time, that leader and those leaders end up becoming fairly well-rounded leaders. You put a sharp stone in a riverbed over many, many thousands of years, it’ll become a well-rounded beautiful river stone. It’ll be smooth and it’ll be round in all sides. There won’t be any spikes.

That is not how we think about leaders growing at Shopify. What we really try to do instead is find people who have these spikes, these edges, and allow them to sharpen those edges even further. The caveat to this whole thing is they have to have enough self-awareness and they have to have enough capacity to realize that, “Hey, I’m really good at this thing and I think there’s a chance that I could be world class at it, but these other things I’m just not that good at,” and then to put up their hand proverbially or literally and say, “I need help on these things because this is not where I’m going to excel.” So at Shopify, we want our leaders, and I think if you look at Tobi and I in particular, we’ve tried to do that, sharpen our edges so we can be really, really great and eventually potentially even world class, but mitigate our weaknesses by hiring people that are better, smarter, faster than we are at those sort of things also.

I think that actually provides for a much more enjoyable pursuit of life’s work. I’ve been at Shopify now for a third of my life, and I think that’s really quite unique. I mean, I’m 38. A third of my life is a long time relative to how many years I’ve been on the planet, but I think the reason that it is unique is because it has created an environment where people can come, they can bring their potential life’s work with them, their potential life’s work pursuit, and they can get really, really good at it in a way that at other companies they would get good at it, but they’d also get other things at the cost of that particular spike getting dulled over time.

[00:08:36] Patrick: One of my friends, Graham Duncan, has this amazing essay where he talks about someone that may be building a new investment platform. His business was backing other investors. There’s just really simple idea in there, which is figure out what your compulsion is, the thing you literally cannot help but do all the time, and figure out a way to put that at the center of your platform or of your job or of your role or whatever. I think it’s the same concept of spikiness. Forget exceptionalism. You can get more and more exceptional over time, but even deeper than that, it’s like what are you compulsive about? What can you not stop doing almost no matter what beyond your control? If you had to apply that to yourself, what is that compulsion? What is the thing you can’t help but do?

[00:09:18] Harley: There’s a couple terms that I use. One is the ground state. What is your ground state? A silly way to think about is, what do you think about in the shower in the morning? You’re not checking your phone, and you’re about as present as you possibly can because there’s really nothing else to distract you in the shower. What are you thinking about? I’m really lucky because the thing that I’ve been thinking about for most of my life in the shower is a thing that I get to do every day at Shopify. When I was a kid, I’m Jewish, so when you’re 13 years old and you’re Jewish, you go to a lot of these bar mitzvahs, bat mitzvahs for girls. One of the things that is fairly common at these bar mitzvahs is that there’s a DJ there. I became somewhat, not obsessed, but certainly really interested by these DJs I was encountering basically every weekend for a year period during that bar mitzvah period, first in Montreal where I lived, where I grew up, and then I moved to South Florida, so then in South Florida. The reason I thought the DJs were so compelling was not because of the music. I still DJ because I like to DJ, but I wasn’t really into the music itself. I just loved the idea that there was this combination of words and sounds. There was a formula that they used to take the entire group of people that were sitting down at tables eating rubber chicken, and within three minutes, there was like a mosh pit on the dance floor or there was a Congo line happening. That idea of they can do things, it’s almost like writing code. With these three or four steps, I can actually change the entire energy of a room of three or four hundred people. So I really want to be a DJ. I was 13. No one would hire me.

So my dad, he’s an entrepreneur, he never was very successful at it, but he was always entrepreneurial, encouraged me to start my own DJ company. I started my own DJ company, hired myself, ended up DJing 500 bar and bat mitzvahs, which was really quite fun. Actually, just a total aside, but one of the things my dad did because he couldn’t give me money to start these silly businesses with all throughout my adolescence was he would make me a business card for pretty much every single silly business I had, which in hindsight was his way of saying, “You can do this.” He couldn’t give me $1,000 or $5,000 to start because he didn’t have the money, but he was basically endorsing that all these crazy ideas may lead to something. I tell that story not because DJing was that important to me in my life. The problem that I had was I wanted to DJ, no one hired me. So I used this tool in my toolbelt called entrepreneurship, and that entrepreneurship tool allowed me to start my DJ company. Years later, I ended up moving back to Canada from South Florida to go to McGill for undergrad. My parents went through a really tough time. My father was not around anymore. My parents had no money. One thing, and I pulled out this tool out of my toolbelt called entrepreneurship and I started selling T-shirts to universities all across Canada. The problem was whatever it was, but the solution was use this tool called entrepreneurship. In 2005, I met Tobi I moved to Ottawa because a mentor of mine was teaching law here and I wanted to go to law school, become a better entrepreneur. That was his advice. Met Tobi, and Tobi had just written this piece of software to sell a snowboard, a Snow Devil. Very quickly realized that other people may want to use the software to sell their own products.

I became one of the first merchants on Shopify. I started selling T-shirts. Law school didn’t allow me to run the business the way I did in undergrad because you actually have to show up to class. You didn’t have to do that undergrad, but again, I needed to make money and I had to be in class. Attendance mattered in law school. I started this T-shirt shop on Shopify and I was able to support myself. These three stories in themselves are unique and interesting. The main thing for me was that entrepreneurship was a way to solve problems in my entire life. The reason I became so obsessed with what Shopify was doing, what Tobi was doing was because it felt like he was making something that was previously not possible possible. My ground state has always been, how can we actually make people’s lives better through entrepreneurship? What are people’s unique individual ideas of success are? Is it putting food on the table? Is it to make a billion dollars? Is it to change an industry? Is it to go to space? Whatever those things might be, one of the common solves of those things is to use an entrepreneurial vehicle in which to do so. The fact that every minute a new entrepreneur gets the first sale on Shopify, it means that my Venn diagram of my personal interest, which is this obsession that entrepreneurship is this great tool and the fact that Shopify makes that tool even better and more accessible, the Venn diagram entirely overlaps…

[00:25:08] Patrick: Yeah, fortune cookie advice. Oftentimes, the best sounding advice is very fortune cookie and then it’s, “Well, now what?” I’m really curious what you’ve learned personally about how to select the ideas and the mentors and the people in the first place and then how to operationalize that advice in a productive way that’s not just wheel spinning.

[00:25:26] Harley: I don’t think there is one mentor or one person, frankly, even one company that any one listening should try to emulate entirely. That was a huge learning for me. When I was younger, particular in my early 20s, I would meet these people, I’d be incredibly impressed with them, and I would just want to do everything that they were doing. The problem is you were only seeing one side, one particular perspective of their life. One of the things I began to do in the last five or six years are to actually categorize these mentors, these advisors in my life. Everyone would think that the reason that Seth Godin is a great mentor and a friend is because he’s the greatest marketer on the planet. A lot of what I do is marketing. I have learned far more from Seth about marriage and about parenting than I have about marketing. He may listen to this, and I’ve learned a lot about marketing. If you want, I’ll tell you some of my favorite Seth Godin going stories, one of which I think is probably relevant, and I’ll bring it up in just a minute, but his relationship with Helene and with his sons is incredible, and I don’t just mean he calls them a lot. Just he is there for them in a way that I don’t know a lot of husbands or fathers are.

When Lindsay and I got married, I was looking for some relationship role models, and when we had our first child, Bailey, I was looking for parenting role models. When Shopify went public, I started looking for public company executive role models. I think you actually have to have a bunch of these different ones and then aggregate them and aggregate their information. I think you also have to have this asterisks in your mind constantly saying, “I still probably don’t know the whole story and I can take one thing or I can take this tactic that they use, but I also have to understand they’re maybe in a very different circumstance than I am.” Maybe Seth’s able to be a better husband than I am because he’s at home more than I do. I travel a ton. He tends not to travel as much, but creating this personal board of directors where you have these categories of different mentors I think is important. Then I think what’s even more important is to swap them out over time. It doesn’t mean that they become bad mentors, it means that you and your circumstances are going to change, you’re going to grow, your life is going to evolve and as your life evolves, so should the people in your life that you’re taking advice from or that are influencing you.

By the way, the story that I was going to mention that is one of my favorite Seth Godin stories, which actually is a wonderful story for any entrepreneur listening. He tells the story. I’m going to butcher this quite a bit, but he was in Momofuku, I think it was David Chang’s opening or something like that in New York City at the new Momofuku. He was sitting down, he was ordering Brussels sprouts, which is now a famous dish in the Momofuku menu, and he said, “I don’t want the bacon.” The server said, “I’m sorry. It comes with bacon.” Seth says, “I can’t eat bacon, and it’s cheaper for you if you don’t add the bacon, so just remove it.” The server said, “I’m sorry. We can’t do that.” David Chang came out or some manager came out and said, “Mr. Godin, I’m sorry but this is how we serve it,” and they went back and forth, and eventually the manager said, “This place is probably not for you,” and that’s when Seth knew that David Chang was going to be a huge success.

The reason that story is important is because it’s such a great way to story tell an idea about you can’t be everything to everyone. Pick your niche. Going back to Kevin Kelly, pick your niche. So I pick up these stories, these anecdotes, and I put them into my pocket from all these amazing people that I get to meet and over time, I’m really fortunate I get to meet more of these people and I combine them all into a plan. I can pull on these stories and these anecdotes and this advice all the time. What’s really neat is I’ve been doing this personal board of directors thing since I was a kid, since I was 16 years old. The mentor of mine who convinced me to go to law school, he’s been my mentor since I was 16 years old. He just took a liking to me and I liked him and I learned a lot from him. He’ll probably listen too. By the way, he’s on his second or third marriage. He’s not a relationship role model and he knows it, but the way that he thinks about investing, for example, very, very long term focus on investing. Multi-generational compounding is something that I had not encountered from anyone else. So I put that lesson in my pocket, but I would never take advice from him on marriage. I think discerning those things I think is really important.

[00:29:06] Patrick: Is there a piece of fortune cookie advice that is as ubiquitous as possible that you think is terrible?

[00:29:13] Harley: This is a bit of recency bias, but one thing we’re talking a lot about right now is this weird strange thing about micromanagement being bad. I think that is bad fortune cookie advice. I think that the best leaders that I know, they’re up here and they’re thinking about the big picture and the big strategy and the big vision, but man, every single great leader I know running companies is also in the weeds and the details. Whether that’s writing code or that’s tweaking a press release or that is putting a deal together like the contract together themself, I think the micromanagement thing is total crock of shit, if I can say that. I don’t know anyone incredibly great at what they do who’s not sometimes in the details. Micromanagement is used by people to say, “Well, my boss is micromanaging me,” or “This person is micromanaging me.” Often, not always, but in some cases because someone’s not doing their job properly, someone’s not doing it at the level of quality of execution that probably it should be, that would be one fortune cookie.

I think right now there’s a huge hate on education. Forget school. Who needs school? Go learn it yourself on podcasts and YouTube. That’s becoming, certainly in my tech world, that’s becoming a lot more prevalent of a fortune cookie advice. I think that’s also bullshit. I don’t think school is for everybody. If you don’t want to go to school, don’t go, but I think there is a way for you to be incredibly selfish about school, meaning you go, you pay your tuition and you demand that that university gives you the requisite proportionate amount of skills back in return, and if they don’t, that’s bad. That’s the pendulum swinging. Everyone should go to university and no one should go to university. There are some people that can go to school to the right programs. Law school for me was incredibly important, impactful way more than business school was, and I never really was a lawyer. I learned how to write in law school. That in itself was worth the tuition.

[00:30:47] Patrick: My personal interest in business has always been this pendulum that swings between product and distribution back and forth. I’m in one of these phases where I’m getting more and more interested in distribution again. I actually have a book right in front of me called How Brands Grow by an Australian professor. Last name is Sharp, I think. It was one of these first books on marketing that was very quantitative, and it was very counterintuitive in many ways. His conclusion basically was if you look at the data, there is no such thing as delighted customers and brand loyalty. There is just habit and what he calls mental and physical availability of the product, how easily can I call it to mine, understand it, and get it when I want something that it solves the problem. I’m curious what your philosophy of marketing and distribution is since you’ve done so much of it. I think the romantic notion would be that there is nice loyalty to a brand based on the quality of its product or something. Always will certainly be true in niche markets, but this book is really about big companies, big markets that when you get to that scale, it really isn’t that. It’s just how often are you in front of the person and available in their habit flow. What do you think about that angle on marketing, which I view as not romantic but maybe very pragmatic and right?

[00:32:01] Harley: I think it’s right. There’s this incredible romance around customer affinity and brand loyalty, and I think most of it is masking what is really happening. For the vast majority of the entrepreneurs and merchants on Shopify, they spend most of their day in Shopify, in the admin. When they say they’re going to work in the morning, what they really mean is they’re opening up their laptop or going to their desktop or their mobile phone if they’re on the go, and they’re running their business through Shopify. That’s great. That is an enviable position for us to be in, but in order for us to maintain that position in their lives, it means that over time as their business expands or as they think about expanding their business, they’re going to need more from Shopify. That’s really challenging. The relationship we have with our millions of stores is basically different on a store-to-store basis. For some people, we’re their inventory management system. For others, we’re their eCommerce provider. For others, we’re their bank because we have a four billion dollar capital loans business. We’re their shipper and fulfillment provider in other cases.

One of the things we believe that Shopify is it needs to make the important things really easy and everything else possible. So when you’re just getting started and you’re at your mom’s kitchen table and you’re thinking about starting a business, let me see what happens here. It has to be so easy to get up and running. If you have success, over time you’re going to need cross-border tax compliance and you’re going to need distribution, marketing ad campaigns. You’re going to want analytics. Maybe you’re going to want to be able to cross-sell across a bunch of different channels like Instagram and TikTok because that’s where your target consumers are spending their time. The complexity of Shopify has to reveal itself over time, but only at the right time. If it reveals itself at the wrong time, we intimidate you. If it doesn’t reveal itself at all or reveals itself too late, you feel like Shopify is not scaling with the size of your business. That challenge is one of the things we obsess over. The people that are on Shopify, for the most part, the people that I speak to really love Shopify. They love Shopify not because Shopify is their friend or it’s someone that they like. They like Shopify because Shopify is their partner. That is conditional. It is not unconditional. They will drop us from being their partner the moment that they think either we are not scaling with them or when we’re not future-proofing their business. We went public in 2015.

We did a dual listing on New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange. When we were going public, you do the road show. I think we met 93 investors on the road. It was one of my favorite couple of weeks of my life. I love telling Shopify’s story and it was really fun for me. On the road, we kept hearing that, “You guys are eCommerce, stick to eCommerce. What are you guys focusing on payments for? What are you thinking? Why are you doing physical retail? You are eCommerce. eCommerce is where it’s at.” Of course, we explain that what we’re trying to build here is this retail operating system, but ultimately, I didn’t have this term then and I wish I did, but ultimately, what we’ve been trying to do is future-proof our merchant’s businesses, so that when you select Shopify, you know that if in five years from now AR and VR or mixed reality is going to be the greatest sales channel, there’s a pretty good chance Shopify will be in that. That’s the reason why you see me yesterday or two days ago tweeting about AR and VR commerce. It’s not to say the millions of stores are going to use it today, it’s to let them know and remind them that at some point they may want to do this. When they do, it will be available to them. I believe that is how you build brand loyalty. It’s not because they like the logo or Shopify is sending them Christmas gifts, it’s because they believe we’re their partner and we have to requalify to be their partner every single year. The second we don’t, we don’t deserve their business anymore.

5. No One Knows What’s Inside the Smallpox Vaccine – Sarah Zhang

At the heart of history’s most successful eradication campaign is a mystery. The smallpox vaccine—now also being deployed against monkeypox—contains a live virus that confers immunity against multiple poxviruses. But it is not smallpox or a weakened version thereof. Nor is it monkeypox. Nor is it cowpox, as suggested by the vaccine’s famous origin story involving pus taken from an infected milkmaid to immunize an 8-year-old boy.

It is something else entirely: a unique poxvirus whose origins have been lost, or perhaps never known at all. Scientists call it vaccinia, and it is pretty much found only in the vaccines. No one knows where vaccinia came from in nature. No one has ever found its animal reservoir. No one knows quite what vaccinia is—even as it has been used to inoculate billions of people and saved hundreds of millions of lives. It is a ghost of a virus that has survived by being turned into a vaccine.

José Esparza first began wondering about vaccinia in the 1980s, when he was assigned an office at the World Health Organization next to the smallpox archives. By then, the disease had already been eradicated, and people had, he says, “little interest in understanding the origins of the vaccine.” He went on to have a long career working on HIV and other viruses at the WHO and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, but in retirement, he has returned to solving the mystery of vaccinia. It is a “hobby,” but also a bit of an obsession. For years now, he has been scouring museums and eBay for old vials of smallpox vaccine, scoring a couple every year. (“EBay—you can find anything you can imagine!” he says.) These vials no longer contain live virus, but the technology now exists to sequence the fragments of viral DNA that remain.

This DNA has revealed tantalizing if perplexing clues. Vaccinia turns out to be most genetically similar to another poxvirus called horsepox. But scientists have only ever sequenced one horsepox sample in the world, and they may never find another; the disease largely disappeared in the early 20th century. If horsepox really is the progenitor of vaccinia, how did that happen? And how did it then become lost to time?

The best-known version of the smallpox-vaccine story goes like this: In 1796, the British doctor Edward Jenner noticed that milkmaids exposed to a mild disease called cowpox were unusually protected from smallpox. He found a young woman with fresh cowpox lesions and scratched material from one into the arm of a boy—the son of Jenner’s gardener, no less—who became mildly ill but survived. He indeed became immune to smallpox. The first vaccine was born.

Jenner was not really the first doctor to make this observation about cowpox. But he did document his experiments in a now seminal book. Intriguingly, he mentions horses in the book’s introduction. On the second page, in fact, he speculates that cowpox originated as “grease,” a horse disease that may have spread from equines to farmworkers to cows to dairy maids. He couldn’t prove this, though; it would take several more decades for scientists to understand that diseases are caused by invisible microbes that spread among people and animals. This brief allusion to horses gets forgotten in favor of a “beautiful tale of the milkmaids,” Esparza says…

…Nineteenth-century vaccines were a far cry from the standardized pharmaceutical products we’re used to today. Preservation of the material on glass or thread was unreliable, so the smallpox vaccine was maintained in the bodies of young children: Liquid from a pox on one child would be transferred into the arm of another, resulting in a pox whose contents could be transferred to another, and so on. And it had to be children, because adults tended to already have immunity to smallpox. In 1803, Spain sent 22 orphan boys on a Royal Philanthropic Vaccine Expedition to bring the smallpox vaccine to its colonies. The number of boys was chosen precisely to span the length of the transatlantic voyage: Every nine or 10 days at sea, doctors would transfer the vaccine to the arms of two new boys—two in case one did not take, so that the ship would arrive in the Americas with the last set of boys still having sores.

The chain of arm-to-arm transfer did sometimes fail, however. When an established source of vaccine wasn’t available, doctors who’d heard about Jenner’s experiment went back to the animals. Cows were used, as were horses. The physician Luigi Sacco, for example, who popularized vaccination in northern Italy, successfully inoculated patients with vaccines derived from grease-infected horses. As doctors such as Sacco experimented with new sources, multiple vaccines probably came into circulation. There was no single canonical vaccine.

Not until the mid-19th century, when scientists figured out how to maintain the smallpox vaccine in calves, did it become a mass-manufactured product. The use of horses faded from living memory. Vaccinia and cowpox eventually became interchangeable names for the virus in the vaccine. In fact, the words vaccine and vaccinia both derive from vacca, which is Latin for cow.

6. RWH014: The Resilient Investor w/ Matthew McLennan – William Green and Matthew McLennan

William Green (00:06:53):

I remember you telling me once that he said you are an idealist and you believe in an absolute truth and you need to learn that there’s only relative truth. Can you talk about that? It seems like an interesting insight to have been given early on as an investor.

Matthew McLennan (00:07:08):

It was as a child. I always liked puzzles and trying to crack the code on whatever it was, solving a Rubik’s cube or figuring out how to win at any given game. I think he could see very clearly that I like to get to an absolute truth like the proof of a mathematical equation. He introduced me to this notion that life is actually more complex than the simple games or truths that I was trying to unravel, and that much of truth is unapproachable. In fact, it wasn’t until I was in college and many years later reading other works that I realized that this was a whole field scientific methodology and I became pretty interested in Karl Popper, who wrote about the notion of falsification. Karl Popper had a term for this. He said that things aren’t true, they just have very similar truth, the appearance of truth.

Matthew McLennan (00:08:04):

But I think having had that notion instilled to me early on was useful because it sow the seed for becoming at peace with the notion. There are certain forms of uncertainty that you just can’t unravel and you need to respect those spaces a little bit. I think it has informed how I’ve approached investing in later years. It’s also popped up in different forms of work. I mentioned Karl Popper, but I remember Fish’s work when he talked about the difference between risk and uncertainty. Risk being something that you can narrowly quantify with statistics and uncertainty being where you don’t even know what the range of distribution possibilities are. Going on to folks like Steve Wolfram in the field of complexity, which we can no doubt talk about later, but having that seed planted by my grandfather, that metaphysical source of angst, if you will, was actually a good thing with the passage of time, however disappointing it was for me at the time to realize that I couldn’t learn all of these absolute truths…

…William Green (00:15:57):

Do you think it helped in a sense that you had had such an unconventional childhood? You weren’t naturally someone who was part of the tribe, you were probably by your own wiring, but also by your own conditioning, you were outside the herd, and so maybe it was easier to think for yourself than it have been for many other people?

Matthew McLennan (00:16:18):

I think there’s some truth to that, William. I think that I definitely came in with an outside perspective. I think as well, I take comfort in the purity of ideas. I think the combination of coming at something from the outside and seeking purity and ideas, even if you, I’d recognize by that point there weren’t any absolute truth. I think it was those two things that were very helpful in enduring an environment like that. Indeed, when I spoke to Jean Marie who hired me to First Eagle many years later, he said one of the things that gave him comfort about hiring someone like me was that I had enjoyed an experience like the late 1990s, was almost like a condition precedent to feel uncomfortable that you’d have the stamina to do it again.

William Green (00:17:08):

Yeah, and that period had been such hell for him. I write about this in my book, Richer Wiser Happier, the degree to which he was at war with the world, at war with the market, at war with his bosses who were like, “Why don’t you get this new paradigm and by dotcom stuff?” He said this will roll with themselves.

Matthew McLennan (00:17:33):

I definitely had to face those pressures. I was dragged in front of one of the partners for lunch and he’s like, “Why aren’t you buying these hot IPOs, it’s free money?” I tried to explain the fact that it’s a sucker’s game, the IPO market, because you spend all of your time researching businesses that haven’t proven their incumbency. Secondly, you tend to get the smallest allocations of the best businesses. There’s a lot of adverse selection in that market. I’d spent a lot of time thinking about why I didn’t want to spend my time focused on that, but it seemed like there was free money to be had. I remember a conversation with the retirement committee at Goldman Sachs where they were questioning whether there would be any mean reversion in this dotcom era, whether everything had changed.

Matthew McLennan (00:18:21):

I recall back then saying that, “Look, you can look at enterprise value to cashflow or revenues, and yes, some businesses will live into high valuations,” but one of the metrics I couldn’t get around was the enterprise value per employee. Some of these newly-listed companies was quite large. In fact, I said to the partner at the time, I said, “Would you pay 30 times as much per human for this business as the market cap of Goldman Sachs?” You feel like you’ve got good people, would you pay 30 times as much? By the way, in a labor market where unemployment rates were below 4%, how are they going to hire the people to live into that valuation even if they can find the best people? Yeah, I guess looking at strange things like that gave me the conviction to stick it out, but it was a trying time.

William Green (00:19:10):

You mentioned before that you found solace in the purity of ideas. Were there particular ideas that you were clinging to? Particular principles that you’d learned maybe because Paul Farrell had introduced you to the writings of Buffett or Munger? What were the main tenets that you’d figured out that protected you from the craziness and irrationality of the late 90s?

Matthew McLennan (00:19:33):

Well, it’s interesting. If you’re a bond buyer, you know that you’ve got a contractual principle that’s due to you in five years time or whenever the bond matures, and I think that gives bond buyers a lot of peace of mind that they can endure a short-terms vicissitudes and quarterly reports and the like. I think it’s difficult as an equity buyer because what you’re buying is ostensibly a perpetuity. But I think, what gave me the conviction the more I thought about it was that ultimately you’re buying access to a cashflow stream. If the business were cashflow generative and it was stewarded by management teams that were willing to distribute the lion’s share of those cashflows to you, then ultimately arithmetic would work. That sentiment could shift around the multiple relative to that cashflow a lot in the short term, but ultimately the math would converge upon the arithmetic of the cashflow.

Matthew McLennan (00:20:25):

I think that gave me a lot of comfort. But even so, it wasn’t absolute because you saw companies that had highly inflated valuations that were able to use that currency to go and acquire other businesses that were cashflow generative, so they could turn hope into reality. That’s always a bit distressing when you see that as a value investor. I think, by and large, it was just the nature of the fact that if you bought a real business and it had a real cashflow stream and you had a long enough time horizon, arithmetic was pretty powerful. It’s almost like a law of gravity that if you had the right time horizon, things would shine through…

…Matthew McLennan (00:24:06):

The things that attracted me tended to be longer term variables. If I’m true to myself, I was less good at trying to pick up on the short term scatter pattern and mosaic and predict near-term earning surprise. I went to where I felt most comfortable. If you’ll permit me one digression here. I mentioned that my grandfather was a gardener and he passed that skill on to my mother and this little home that we built, she was an ardent gardener in this home. As a child, I always wondered why she went to the effort because there was always some issue. There were drought conditions or the bamboo root would spread to somewhere where it wasn’t meant to be or there was some weird fungus or virus. She was always having troubles.

Matthew McLennan (00:24:58):

Whereas, there’s a gentleman who lived next to us who mow his lawn every week and it just looked pristine and clean. We had another house behind us at the bottom of the rainforest where he just lived amidst the rainforest. I didn’t realized the wisdom of my mother’s long-term strategy when I came back to the house some 20 years later with children, my children. The garden had really grown into this resplendent beautiful space. It had been selectively curated over time. Whereas, the house next to me was still being mowed. The lawn was still being mowed every week. But there was nothing to show for all of this activity. He was like the active manager turning over the portfolio once a week.

Matthew McLennan (00:25:43):

The gentleman who’d had his house down the hill behind us had some fire damage I heard at some point. The passive strategy of just letting the forest go around you wasn’t necessarily the safe strategy my mother had worked in all of these fire buffers and things. Selectively curating something and letting time take its course is something that doesn’t seem like a very well-rewarded activity in the short term. When you step back and let time play out, it can be very rewarding.

William Green (00:26:15):

Yeah, it’s interesting, because it’s not sexy and it doesn’t appeal to our yearning for instant gratification. But because of that, there’s so little competition and it has the virtue that it actually works…

…William Green (00:31:01):

I think we should talk in some depth about how to be a resilient investor, and how to succeed over many decades. But it seems like we should mention first this idea that in a way from the intellectual backdrop of your approach, which is just a respect for entropy and the fact that we live in a world where things fall apart, the center cannot hold, as Yates said. Can you talk about your fundamental respect for entropy as an ironclad law of life and how that shapes your approach to looking for things that are likely to endure in a world where not much does endure?

Matthew McLennan (00:31:37):

No, it’s a good question, William. Entropy is probably one of the few absolute truths. It’s a second law of the thermodynamics that any form of order is essentially transient. And perhaps it’s the fight against entropy that’s sort of gotten me interested in old master art or great wine that can survive for generations, from vineyards that have been planted for generations, or a business that has a slow fade rate relative to the typical business. But if you think about the economy as an ecosystem, rather than as machine, productivity happens every year, productivity growth, and over the last century, we’ve grown productivity close to 2% a year. But the dark symmetry of productivity is that the existing pool of companies won’t control a future profit pool in perpetuity. New businesses get created that chip away at the margins at existing incumbency. And so entropy is a fundamental principle and investing. And when you go through business school and learn about asset pricing, you’re really only taught to think about beta risk or systemic risk. But idiosyncratic risk is interesting to think about as well.

Matthew McLennan (00:32:53):

And in fact, entropy is a form of systemic risk because change in the economy and the overall improvement in the economy imputes that existing companies will grab a smaller share of the future pie given enough time. And so I’ve focused a lot on this question. And the paradox of it is that buying businesses that have been around for a long period of time, that have demonstrated persistence, in some ways, can be a safer strategy than trying to buy a business that’s growing a lot today because many of the businesses that are growing a lot today are in industry verticals where market share positions move around a lot. And so by definition, your ability to capitalize their terminal earnings at any given period of time is low because easy come, easy go, as it would relate to market share shifts.

Matthew McLennan (00:33:44):

And so we do like to try and focus on businesses that have a stickiness to their market share over time, high customer retention rates, to try and slow the curve of entropy. And we approach it with a great deal of humility and respect, and we recognize that even our favorite ideas are going to get disrupted at some point or another.

William Green (00:34:09):

So in a way…

Matthew McLennan (00:34:09):

And I think it’s important because when people think about a growing business, they tend to think, “Well, if the business is growing revenues 10% a year, I’m growing my intrinsic value 10% a year.” And it’s not actually the case because trees don’t grow to the sky. So that rate of growth will fade and markets become penetrated. And secondly, even if you dominate a market, substitutes get created. And so you have to recognize the fact that as a business matures, it will trade at a lower multiple than it does when it’s growing. And so the fact that there’s fade rates to growth and that the ultimate multiple of the mature business is going to be less than a growing one, means that the growth in intrinsic value is going to be a lot less than the growth in revenues today.

7. Expectations (Five Short Stories) – Morgan Housel

Apollo 11 was the first time in history humans visited another celestial body.

You’d think that would be an overwhelming experience – literally the coolest thing any human had ever done. But as the spacecraft hovered over the moon, Michael Collins turned to Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin and said:

It’s amazing how quickly you adapt. It doesn’t seem weird at all to me to look out there and see the moon going by, you know?

Three months later, after Al Bean walked on the moon during Apollo 12, he turned to astronaut Pete Conrad and said, “It’s kind of like the song: Is that all there is?” Conrad was relieved, because he secretly felt the same, describing his moonwalk as spectacular but not momentous.

Most mental upside comes from the thrill of anticipation – actual experiences tend to fall flat, and your mind quickly moves on to anticipating the next event. That’s how dopamine works.

If walking on the moon left astronauts underwhelmed, what does it say about our own earthly goals and expectations?…

…When the Black Death plague entered England in 1348, the Scots laughed at their good fortune. With the English crippled by disease, now was a perfect time for Scotland to stage an attack on its neighbor.

The Scots huddled together thousands of troops in preparation for battle. Which, of course, is the worst possible move during a pandemic.

“Before they could move, the savage mortality fell upon them too, scattering some in death and the rest in panic,” historian Barbara Tuchman writes in her book A Distant Mirror.

There’s a powerful urge to think risk is something that happens to other people. Other people get unlucky, other people make dumb decisions, other people get swayed by the seduction of greed and fear. But you? Me? No, never us. False confidence makes the eventual reality all the more shocking.

Some are more susceptible to risk than others, but no one is exempt from being humbled.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentionedwe currently have a vested interest in Apple and Shopify. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 02 October 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 02 October 2022:

1. Engaging With History – Morgan Housel

To me, the point of paying attention to history is not the specific details of certain events, which are always random and never repeat; it’s the big-picture behaviors that reoccur in different eras, generations, and societies. People were dealing with greed and fear 100 years ago the same way they’re dealing with now and will be 100 years in the future. The more you see a behavior throughout history, the more you realize how ingrained it is in human behavior, which makes you more confident that it’ll be part of our future. It’s the only way to forecast with accuracy.

I thought about this after recently reading a paper by philosopher Hanno Sauer.

He criticizes philosophy’s obsession with ancient thinkers – Plato, Aristotle, etc. – because they lived in a world of relative ignorance.

Not only were the ancient philosophers blind to most of science, which hadn’t yet been discovered; they knew little about other civilizations, which were often closed off from the rest of the world. Aristotle knew nothing about Chinese culture or biological evolution; Socrates never saw a modern democracy or had heard of social media.

Sauer writes:

We have good reasons for thinking that historical authors were deeply wrong about almost everything, we have statistical reasons for thinking that the best philosophers live now rather than in the past, and we judge historical authors by much too lenient standards …

Given that we could be studying contemporary philosophers who are much less likely to be wrong about much fewer things, that we must rationally assume that more of these philosophers live today than in the past, and that we judge currently working philosophers much more harshly than historical authors, I suggest that, when it comes to satisfying the epistemic aims of philosophy, we ought to spend much less time studying the history of philosophy.

I can appreciate part of this. There are topics an average person today knows more about than an expert did 100 years ago.

But this gets back to what you can learn from history.

What’s great about reading old writers is not necessarily the wisdom of what they said, but comparing what people believed then vs. what they believe today and seeing what overlaps.

Marcus Aurelius said, “We all love ourselves more than other people, but care more about their opinion than our own,” which to be honest sounds like something you’ll find written on an $11 IKEA poster today. Part of the value of reading an Aurelius quote like that is that he said it almost 2,000 years ago. Its age is the important part. If it was true then, and it’s true today, then it’s a fundamental part of how humans work and of course it’s going to be true for the rest of my life. So I should pay close attention to it.

A dull observation can become important when you realize it’s an enduring trait of human behavior. On the other hand a current thinker might say something complex and brilliant about, say, the midterm elections, but even if it’s true it has the shelf-life of a banana.

2. The Great Progression, 2025-2050 – Peter Leyden

In the next 25 years, the world arguably will deal with climate change and transition the bulk of our core energy sources from carbon to clean. We will transition our transportation systems from the internal-combustion engine to electric mobility as part of an even larger process of reinventing cities. We will scale up brand new industries and build a much more environmentally and socially sustainable society. We very likely will reform capitalism around new economic priorities that counter the current imbalances and inequities. And we can be expected to revitalize our democracies and push back on authoritarianism around the world. People in 50, 100, or even 500 years from now may well look back on our era and marvel at the transformation that we’re about to go through. 

This is not just a nice utopian scenario, but a story of speculative journalism about what’s actually starting to happen, and most likely will play out over time. We’re up against world-historic challenges that require transformative and not just traditional solutions. America has pressed through historic junctures like this before, and we’re poised to do it once again. We need rapid progress along many fronts, and we are fully capable of meeting the moment this time too.

“We’re arguably at the beginning of a transformation that is going to change the world in profound and largely positive ways.”

We have mind-boggling new tools like artificial intelligence, and unprecedented knowledge like the ability to understand and engineer the genomes of all living things. The evidence and material for this extraordinary story is all around us.

This essay is going to lay out in broad strokes the world-historic story of the next 25 years of our lives. I’m going to explain the much more positive, pro-progress story of what lies just ahead. Hear me out because I’ve been through this drill before, 25 years ago, and that story proved to be very prescient.

I worked with the founders of WIRED magazine in the mid-1990s, and we found ourselves in a situation that was very similar to today. We were at ground zero of the digital revolution and talking to many of the early technologists, entrepreneurs, and innovators who were super-excited about the progress being made with the new digital technologies — and beginning to see the vague outlines of what they could probably do in the coming decade, and what was possible to achieve in the next 25 years. 

We at WIRED saw the need to articulate this future that was dawning on the early adopters but not seen by pretty much anyone else. I paired up with Peter Schwartz, one of the world’s premier futurists and co-founder of Global Business Network, a pioneering strategic foresight firm (where I also later worked). We co-authored The Long Boom, a History of the Future, 1980 to 2020, an iconic cover story for WIRED, which later became an influential book in multiple languages. 

The Long Boom, in essence, was the pro-progress story of that time that helped catalyze the new zeitgeist of the 1990s with a positive reframe of what was actually happening. We took the historical perspective of how people in the future would explain the big-picture story of the 25 years that still lay ahead of us. We were about to go through two world-historic developments: the digital transformation and the integration of the world economy through globalization. But few really understood what we were heading into.

You must remember that in 1995 almost nobody knew what the digital revolution was, let alone what a digital transformation would be. There were only about 25 million people in the world on the internet, and most folks had no idea how these goofy startup companies with names like Amazon would ever amount to anything. Our story had to fill out the picture of how these technologies would scale, how these startups would grow, and how a digital economy would work.

Likewise, in 1995 the Soviet Union had just recently fallen apart after 50 years of the Cold War, and the Chinese Communists were in the early stages of opening up to the market economy, with rural peasants starting to move to factories in cities. 

We had to explain how the global economy would morph into one integrated whole for the first time in history. We projected that we were about to head into a long digital tech boom, a long global economic boom — in other words, The Long Boom.

How did we do? The broad-stroke through lines of that story pretty much played out by 2020. Those 25 million people on the internet grew to 4 billion, or 60 percent of all humans on the planet. The month our cover story came out, Apple begged Steve Jobs to come back as CEO because they were months from going bankrupt — yet Apple later became the first trillion-dollar company. China went from a middling country with less than $1 trillion GDP in 1995 to a superpower with a GDP of $15 trillion, pulling 800 million peasants out of extreme poverty. For that matter, the Dow Jones in 1995 was 5,000 but hit 30,000 by 2020. Another long boom, this time for stocks. 

To be sure, we got some specific parts of that future story wrong, as can be expected. We thought we would have made more progress on climate change. We thought humans would make it to Mars by 2020, though that might take another decade or so. And we did lay out 10 possible negative developments that we were worried could disrupt or slow down the larger positive story we laid out. All 10 did actually appear in some form over the course of those 25 years (including a global pandemic), but the remarkable thing is that they still did not stop the overarching story…

…Here’s the other thing about tipping points: They prompt paradigm shifts in understanding what’s really happening and in strategy about what to do. One day the world works one way, like it always has, and then the next day it works a very different way. One day the world had a clear goal, a familiar one, and then the next day, there’s a very different goal. In other words, paradigm shifts set new north stars that rapidly reorient systems. 

Some of today’s tipping points — these system changes, these paradigm shifts — are easier to see than others. Take how all the debate and the efforts around climate change have tipped and are now sending out signals about this new north star. This summer’s so-called Inflation Reduction Act, which really is a $370 billion public commitment to accelerate the shift to clean energy and transportation, is only the latest signal to Americans and the world that this transformation has begun. Tesla had already led the entire legacy auto industry around the planet into a historic transition to electric transportation. And global finance had already tipped to massive investments into solar and wind power for utilities and away from coal because renewables are now cheaper — and getting cheaper by the year. 

Or take the demographic tipping point between two huge generations that provide the cultural ballast of American society — that’s tipped too. The Boomer generation, now ages 58 to 77, is more than half into retirement and many are dying (the average lifespan of an American happens to be 77)… 

…The original Long Boom story we told 25 years ago described the introduction of infotech, meaning digital computers and the internet, as a fundamentally new technology to the world stage. And then we described how it would scale up globally over the next 25 years and create a long tech boom and help drive a long economic boom, as well as a stock boom. 

The next 25 years will see the introduction and scaling up of not one but three fundamentally new technologies that will have world-historic impact. One will be in energy tech, one will be in biotech, and one will be the next big stage of infotech, which will be driven by artificial intelligence. We’re heading into a triple-whammy tech boom — not just another Long Boom, but a Long Boom Squared…

…The scaling up of renewable energy, even at the most aggressive pace possible, won’t be enough to get off carbon energy in 25 years. We must have other forms of clean energy and so look to the development and deployment of next-generation nuclear energy. These small-scale nukes will be able to stabilize the grids of massive cities and keep CO2 out of the atmosphere. And they are far safer and the waste much less problematic than what people came to believe with the backlash from environmentalists in the 1970s. Even if we can get all our electrical grid on clean energy by 2050, it’s worth pointing out that some forms of carbon energy will still be needed off the grid, and we will probably need some fossil fuels indefinitely for other uses critical to our civilization, like ammonia. 

The new models for electric mobility will follow a similar trajectory in the 2020s. The auto industry is clearly on its way with $350 billion in new private investment going into electric vehicles in 2021 alone. The charging infrastructure will need to be built, with a lot of prodding by governments and public investment. How do you charge private cars in dense cities? Millions of questions remain. But it’s all doable and will be done…

…The Biological Age has begun. If you can understand how genomes now work, and then are able to edit the configuration of those genes, then you have crossed the threshold into true genetic engineering. This means that we can now expand human engineering from the physical world of inert materials into the world of living things. But there’s even more to the story, thanks to recent breakthroughs not only in genetics, but also in many subfields of biology, like proteomics. We now understand how living things work below the cellular level, and we are getting better and better each year. We are expanding into a broader notion of not just genetic but biological engineering. This is what people mean by “synthetic biology.”

The new field of synthetic biology can be expected to play a big role in the next 25 years. Like many fields, it will be driven by climate change and the increasing need for sustainable everything. Climate change will probably force the use of much more genetic engineering applied to crops. We are used to hastening the genetic evolution of plants that we eat through classic cross-breeding, and we’ve seen the first wave of genetically modified crops. But we’ll almost certainly need to ramp up changes in most crops to become much more drought resistant, productive, and nutritious…

…The bigger play for synthetic biology will be to take an increasing share of things that have traditionally been made through industrial production and make them through this new form of biological production. This moves synthetic biology into the world of materials. Building materials like steel and concrete account for a significant portion of CO2 that’s released into the atmosphere. Look for things like genetically engineered wood (stronger, heat resistant, faster growing) to replace them in an increasing share of structures — and suck carbon out of the atmosphere in the process. Or consider the plastics that are industrially produced from petroleum and then go into products like bottles and bags that litter our oceans and landscapes and only degrade after centuries. Biologically engineered alternatives could be designed to biodegrade within months after being exposed to salt water or extended sunlight….

…The new game-changer in this next stage of infotech is artificial intelligence. AI in the broad historical context gives humans a breakthrough superpower. Mechanical machines may have given humans the ability to dramatically enhance and extend our physical powers. AI will dramatically enhance and extend our mental powers. We will be able to let computers do things that in all previous eras required human intelligence, and more importantly, we will now be able to do things that human intelligence alone could never do.

This is a new, general-purpose technology that could eventually impact almost all fields over the next 25 years. Right now, we’ve seen early applications of machine learning pioneered by the big tech companies. (Ask any question and search all the information in the world to get an answer in less than a second. Wow. That’s something no human librarian could ever do.) The advanced business world has been applying the still relatively expensive techniques for the last decade to solve their problems. But over the course of the next 25 years AI will become increasingly simple, cheap and ubiquitous. Anyone will be able to take advantage of it through the cloud. 

AI is going to enable a mind-boggling amount of innovation. Take just the example of simultaneous language translation, something that AI will perfect this decade. Soon any person on the planet speaking any language will be able to fluidly communicate with any other person in real time, and with nuance, whether through video over the internet or with an earbud walking down the street. This opens up the world’s business and diplomatic conversation not just to the roughly half-billion native English speakers, or the highly educated bilingual elites of other cultures, but to every single human, regardless of culture or class. Innovation essentially comes through the cross-fertilization of ideas and perspectives — and we are heading into a bonanza…

…Consider one final analogy to the past progressive era of the post-war boom: We may be heading into a new Cold War with China. The implications of transformative times do not stop at American borders but are convulsing throughout the world. When old systems start breaking down, and new systems are not yet fully formed, people all over the world desperately look for answers. Authoritarian states provide a sense of certainty in the very uncertain times of transformation. 

Their centralized control of power allows them to act quickly and decisively compared to the messy processes of liberal democracies. (Even within liberal democracies authoritarian leaders and parties tend to thrive in these times.) China has been and will almost certainly continue to push big initiatives that will aggressively deal with climate change and other big challenges mounting in the world. China can be expected to showcase a model that will be attractive to developing nations and even any country that wants to emulate their success. 

But Chinese President Xi Jinping is doing what almost every authoritarian regime and certainly every totalitarian regime ends up eventually doing. He is hanging onto power and getting the Chinese Communist Party to break with their tradition of rotating leadership at the top every 10 years. And as part of that process, he’s cracking down on all dissent, ramping up surveillance and social control, and fanning the flames of nationalism. The next decade is going to be a dangerous one. 

The good news is that authoritarian closed societies always lose to open democracies in the long run — and this next 25 years should be no different. Historical periods of transformation and progress play to the strengths of societies that can correct course through frequent leadership changes. Open societies that encourage free thinking and are tolerant of dissent thrive in these periods dependent on widespread innovation. The process of democracies may be messy and relatively slow but in the long run they inexorably move forward and ultimately succeed. This happened in the last Cold War that ended in the collapse of the Soviet Union, and it most certainly will again if China gets increasingly totalitarian and mounts another Cold War.

One other bonus if a Cold War is forced on America and the West: External threats tend to accelerate social cohesion and progress. Serious external threats coming from a Cold War with a comparable power can be expected to bring Americans together behind a common purpose again and thrust us back into global leadership. A Cold War can be the rationale for channeling massive amounts of resources into research, science, new technologies, new infrastructure, and expanded education — all the elements that historically have led to more progress. An undesirable and unwanted Cold War could be yet another historical development that supercharges The Great Progression.   

3. TIP397: The Dollar Milkshake Theory w/ Brent Johnson – Trey Lockerbie and Brent Johnson

Brent Johnson (02:16):

Well, essentially, what the Dollar Milkshake is, is how I think a sovereign debt crisis plays out. There’s a lot of people who, as the dollar has fallen over the last year… Well, actually, the interesting thing is the dollars are at a 52-week high today. But anyway, as the dollar has fallen since March 2020, a lot of people have said that the Dollar Milkshake Theory has been invalidated. And it really hasn’t because we haven’t entered a sovereign debt crisis yet. There’s no question I got the timing wrong. I thought that COVID would lead to a sovereign debt crisis, it didn’t.

Brent Johnson (02:49):

The powers that be have been able to prop up the markets with QE and bailouts and stimulus plans, but essentially what it is, is that I believe once we enter a sovereign debt crisis when debt finally matters and whether that’s tomorrow, next week, or next year, I don’t know the timing. But when we get into a situation where debt finally matters again, I think that the dollar is going to rise dramatically versus all other fiat currencies. And while it will probably in the very short term, be bad for risk assets such as we saw in March of 2020, I think it will evolve into a situation where global capital flows into the US dollar and therefore, it flows into US markets. And I think it will actually push us markets even higher than we see today.

Brent Johnson (03:36):

Now, it doesn’t mean it’s going to be a straight line, it doesn’t mean it’s going to be easy, but I think that’s where it goes. The milkshake name comes from the fact that since the global financial crisis, central banks and monetary authorities around the world have just flooded the world with liquidity, again, the bailouts, the QE, the monetary stimulus, the government help. And so my contention has been that for a number of reasons, the US dollar will have the straw versus all the other currencies. And for better, for worse, like it or not, the dollar will suck up all that liquidity that’s been provided to the markets.

Brent Johnson (04:14):

And sucking up that liquidity denies the rest of the world liquidity. And so I think our markets will be very liquid and the rest of the world will be very illiquid. And that itself, creates this perpetuating effect that pushes the dollar even higher. And so I think we’ll get into a situation where the dollar goes much higher than anybody thinks possible. Perhaps you’ll have asset prices go much higher than anybody thinks possible just as that flow of capital comes in.

Brent Johnson (04:40):

And so we will have a situation where we may have inflationary pressures and in US dollar terms even though the dollar’s going higher, and I think we will outside the United States, we will have inflationary pressures in local currency terms, but deflationary pressures in US dollar terms, which is the worst of both worlds. And so it really does become this self-perpetuating disaster, for lack of a better word. And I’ve always said, this is not a story that ends well. Even if the US outperforms the rest of the world, it doesn’t mean it will be a great place. Again, it’s all relative. And that’s what I always try to explain. It’s all relative.

Brent Johnson (05:16):

And so the dollar may fall in real terms, but against this fiat peers, I think it will dramatically outperform. And so then a lot of people have said to me, “Well then, who cares? Who cares if the dollar isn’t rising in real terms?” Well, it does matter. If the dollar rises just as an example, 20% versus all other fiat currencies, that will have dramatic effects on global markets. You may think it won’t affect you, but I’m here to tell you that you won’t be able to ignore it. And I think that will lead to more volatility. That’s a long way of explaining it, but that is the Dollar Milkshake Theory…

…Trey Lockerbie (34:56):

I want to touch on what you said earlier about this all coming to a head when debt finally matters because it goes to another point you just made about the whole effort between Central Banks being coordinated. They’re all in this together, so to speak. So if they’re all in this together, I would say that debt finally matters when the US loses its creditworthiness. But when you examine the landscape and you say, “Well, look, the entire world is doing this,” as you said, “And everyone’s lost their creditworthiness.” Where are governments then going to lead to? You mentioned China, so maybe we go there next about their digital currency, is that the solution in their mind as to where to go once everyone’s lost their creditworthiness?

Brent Johnson (35:41):

I think that’s probably right. I think that they realize… The first thing I’ll say is this whole de-dollarization idea. There’s no doubt that the world wants to de-dollarize, it’s just not as easy as many people think it is. And we can get into why that is, but as it relates to China, I think China especially would love to get out from underneath the dollar because they realize to a certain extent, the dollar is a prison. It’s a prison not of your own making. And without a doubt, China has ambitions to become the global hegemon. And even if they don’t outwardly say it, anybody that lives in China has that in the back of their mind that, “This is our time, we’re ascending, the US empire is descending. It’s just a matter of time before we take over and dah, dah, dah.”

Brent Johnson (36:22):

And that’s aspirational, it doesn’t have to be a negative thing. I would say that that’s a common theme over there. And so for them to do that, they’ve got to get out from underneath the US dollar. They just can’t do it with the dollar yoke around their neck. So I think then rolling out the digital yuan is their plan for how to try to do it. And perhaps what they say is they convert the regular yuan into the digital yuan. And then they say anybody that wants to do business in China, you have to own digital yuan. And then with the digital yuan, maybe it’s easier for them to bypass the dollar payment system. Maybe they don’t have to be part of the SWIFT and transfer money, if they want to do business with Russia, it doesn’t have to go through a US bank.

Brent Johnson (37:07):

Well, maybe that’s not a good example, Russia and China do some business directly with each other, but the world as a whole, whenever they do business, they go through a US correspondent bank because of our payment system. There’s no question in my mind that countries around the world, not just China, but these countries around the world are going to continue to try to de-dollarize. I just think it’s too little too late. And here’s the problem that a lot of people, I think miss, maybe they don’t, but it is my impression that they miss is that it’s not as easy to walk away from two things.

Brent Johnson (37:41):

One is all these countries have US dollar reserves. So if you’re walking away from the dollar, that means you’re blowing up some of your reserves. Now, even if you are, let’s use Bitcoin as an example, I know a lot of people that watch your program are heavily into Bitcoin. Let’s pretend that 80% of your net worth is in Bitcoin and 20% in US dollars. Well, even though you like Bitcoin better, and even though you think Bitcoin you own a lot higher, you don’t go home, throw gasoline on your pile of dollars and throw a match on it. You still want that 20%, you don’t want to just go up in flames.

Brent Johnson (38:17):

That’s the same thing with countries’ reserves, they have a lot of money in dollars. And so for them to go to a system that doesn’t use dollars, potentially decreases the value of their reserves. And so it’s a tug of war for them to a certain extent. For them to leave the dollar, they’re going to have to cannibalize some of their assets. So it can be done, but it’s hard. The other thing that I think many people miss is the Eurodollar system itself. And now this is when entities outside the United States borrow in dollars. So if a manufacturer in Brazil wants to issue some bonds in order to buy some machinery, a lot of times they’ll do it in dollars. Or another country will issue bonds, China’s issued a lot of bonds in dollars.

Brent Johnson (39:10):

And the reason they would issue in dollars is two things. One, they get paid in dollars, so now their liabilities and their assets are matched. But secondly, as they get a lower rate. If you issue a bond in dollars, you pay a lower percentage rate. Well, in another case, that’s the case if they issue a bond, but they can also go to a bank and get a loan. Turkey has a lot of dollar loans. And I think a lot of people think, “Well, these will just get defaulted on and that will hurt the US dollar, it will hurt the United States, and then all these other countries will move to a different currency.”

Brent Johnson (39:43):

But what they’re missing is that those dollars aren’t owed to the United States, the dollar debt that Turkey owes, a lot of it’s owed to France or Italy, or Spain, the European banks. In other words, entities outside the United States loan in dollars, that’s the Eurodollar market. And that dollar market is bigger than the US dollar market. So these loans that would get defaulted on don’t hurt the US, it hurts the rest of the world who’s defaulting on their own assets. So again, I’m not saying it can’t be done, it’s just a lot harder to do than many people realize.

Brent Johnson (40:17):

And so if you were loaning somebody money and you found out that their reserves or the money in their bank were quickly falling and that their brokerage account assets were quickly falling, you might change the lending terms a little bit. And so that’s what a number of these countries would be facing. If they started blowing up their dollar reserves, funding for them doesn’t get easier, it gets harder. Anyway, that’s a long ramble, I apologize.

4. The reason the BoE is buying long gilts: an LDI blow-up – Toby Nangle 

OK, so we all know the story about why short-end rates have soared in the UK.* But what about the long-end? Well, basically pension plans appear to have been caught in doom-loop of margin calls on interest rate derivatives that forced them into dumping longer-maturity UK gilts, and spurred the Bank of England into intervening today…

…But my suspicion is that to understand why you need to look at plumbing issues coming from “Liability Driven Investment” (LDI) strategies in the UK.

I wrote about these back in July for the main paper, but to recap, pension plans are BIG investors, and they have shifted massively into LDI over the past two decades. Just in the UK they represent about £1.5tn of assets, which is about two-thirds of the UK’s GDP, or the size of the entire gilt market. They’re huge, in other words.

UK defined benefit pension liabilities don’t change with bond yields: they are a function of the number of pensioners living (present and future), perhaps their salaries, and maybe inflation (different employers promise different inflation-related uplifts).

But the estimated present value of pension liabilities do change with bond yields. Think of these pension promises as debt owed by employers — this is how accountants (FRS 102, IAS 19) think about it, and this is pretty much how the Pensions Regulator thinks about it.

So if you, a board member of a company with loads of pension obligations, want to avoid reporting wild swings in your pensions funding status to both markets (in your reports and accounts) or the Pensions Regulator (and maybe have to submit a recovery plan, as well as pay a higher risk-based PPF levy), you want a pension scheme that aligns its assets with the way your liabilities are measured – LDI in other words…

…All right, so — as explained in the midst of this brilliant thread from Dan Mikulskis, LDI commonly isn’t just shifting assets to mirror liabilities. It also uses leverage:

This 2019 Pensions Regulator report that looked at the top 600 UK pension schemes, with total assets of around £700bn. It found that “the notional principal of schemes’ leveraged investments totalled £498.5 billion; interest rate swaps were held by 62% of schemes and accounted for 43% of all leveraged investments” and that “The maximum permitted level of leverage ranged from 1x to 7x”.

1x to 7x!

Many schemes using derivatives like interest rate swaps will just be smoothing out cash flows, but a good portion will be gaining exposure to long interest rate risk through these derivatives. They will essentially be buying long fixed and paying floating. When you’re deploying leverage you need to think about your collateral — essentially initial margin plus variation margin.

This, again from the 2019 Pensions Regulator survey of the top 600 schemes, asks what method they were using to monitor collateral. Schemes use a variety of ways. I’ve highlighted basis points to exhaustion because it seems pretty intuitive: how many basis points rise in yields before your collateral is gone. The answer back in October 2019 was 291 basis points.

Long yields have since risen by 400 bps.

5. Everyone Relax, The Bank Of England Keeping Bond Markets ‘Orderly’ Is Normal – Nathan Tankus

What has finance Twitter all excited is the United Kingdom. Their new right wing (“Tory”) government has announced a “mini-budget” just a handful of hours after the Federal Reserve’s interest rate hikes, and got caught up in the reaction to that. The exchange rate depreciated and interest rates rose across the yield curve of government securities. Since these factors don’t typically go together in the U.S., western europe or Japan, there was much speculation that this signaled the U.K. was now being “treated as an emerging market”. That concept is something that deserves unpacking elsewhere. For now I’ll say that I think pundits were far too quick to underestimate how much financial traders were still processing the Federal Reserve interest rate hikes, and their forward guidance…

…Nonetheless, there clearly was a specific reaction to the announced fiscal policies. Why would that be? There are two main reasons. First, there is the consideration of what monetary policy will do. Remember that in the current monetary policy operating frameworks across dozens of countries, monetary policy is supposed to manage aggregate demand. Thus any factor that will increase demand can potentially lead to the central bank raising interest rates to prevent demand (and thus incomes) from growing faster than they desire. The report I wrote earlier this year was about the potential monetary policy tools available to offset rising aggregate demand—that don’t involve raising interest rates. It is strange how quick punditry commentary is to forget this core fact about how our current economic policy frameworks work.

The second element is more complicated. Over the course of the 2010s monetary policy was implemented in the context of weak demand. In that context, central banks were desperately searching for ways to increase demand by any means. Quantitative Easing (which I am not going to do a full overview of here) was meant to show a commitment to keep interest rates lower for longer. That was in order to try to induce a little more spending from lower long interest rates. Its success is, famously, extremely debatable. But it’s clear that the “plumbing” of monetary policy took a backseat over this period. The New York Federal Reserve trading desk practically went dark, when it used to engage in repo agreements on an hourly basis (a point to which I will return later). In that context, forward guidance about future monetary policy was able to cleanly shape the yield curve without much trouble. With indefinite Zero Interest Rate Policies, there were no day to day market movements. Bond desks even shrank because of the lack of volatility (and thus opportunities to trade).

Now however, plumbing is back.

There are new leverage-based capital requirements and unique liquidity requirements associated with Basel III. In the context of a “tightening” cycle, where interest rates are rising quickly and central banks commit to “shrinking their balance sheet” (i.e. net selling government securities) things have changed. Financial institutions, institutional investors etc. may not have the willingness (or even ability) to expand their balance sheets to purchase more government securities. Even worse, as the volatility of bond prices increases those using government securities (especially long maturity government securities), as collateral need to come up with more “cash” which pressures them into selling assets. This can easily become a classic fire sale dynamic. The spike in interest rates that were always going to come in this kind of economic environment seems to have interacted with these plumbing issues, leading to interest rates out of line with plausible Bank of England interest rate hikes.

In short, in the 1990s and 2000s central banks relied on private balance sheets which could expand cheaply, and easily in order to absorb “risk free assets” to implement monetary policy. This meant they didn’t need large scale asset purchases. After 2008 they engaged in large scale asset purchases for reasons other than financial market plumbing, averting problems in that arena as an unintended side effect. In late 2019 and during March 2020 those plumbing issues came to the forefront—forcing the Federal Reserve to engage in bond purchases for explicitly plumbing reasons. To act, not as a lender of last resort, but as “dealer” or “purchaser” of last resort.  Up until yesterday, the United Kingdom in 2022 was experiencing similar issues, as bid-ask spreads began to widen on long maturity government securities. Interest rates on “Gilts” (British government securities) seemed to get somewhat out of line with monetary policy forward guidance.

As a result, yesterday the Bank of England announced long maturity government securities purchases in order to make markets “orderly”:…

…This sparked a new round of takes. Concerns about “debt monetization”, “fiscal dominance” and even government collapse were bandied about. People treated the idea of purchases to bring “order” to government securities markets as very extraordinary and unprecedented. In short, many pundits are talking as if this is the end of central bank independence.

In reality, these kinds of purchases are, while infrequent, normal. In the 20th century they happened periodically as dealers’ inventories swelled and couldn’t absorb much more. Preserving orderly markets through time limited purchases to reduce interest volatility was not the “end of central bank independence”—but actually one if its core innovations. It’s not clear to me who at the Federal Reserve coined the term, but it was certainly a Federal Reserve idea to explain how government securities markets would work without the Federal Reserve directly fixing interest rates at every part of the yield curve as it was doing up until the Fed-Treasury Accord of 1951…

…Bond traders, financial journalists and commentators more generally are not used to thinking about monetary policy, in a world where central banks have to periodically make purchases in order to “maintain order” distinct from overall monetary policy. The fears some commentators have is clearly based on the idea that these purchases mean that the Bank of England “must” reverse itself about interest rate increases. That is not the case. In fact, it tends to be a sign of the opposite.

These kinds of purchases are meant to make raising interest rates more viable. Just as greater discount window borrowing was usually a sign of monetary policy tightness not ease (a subject I will return to another day). An unfortunate element of post-2008 monetary policy for present circumstances is the tying of asset purchases to forward guidance. By teaching financial market participants that forecasted bond purchases are the way you interpret the future path of interest rate policy, it makes it difficult to make purchases in order to smooth market functioning. There is clearly a contradiction between “quantitative tightening” and “financial stability” purchases to make bond markets more “orderly”. But so much the worse for quantitative tightening (though it might still continue). Both central banks and financial market players will need to get used to bond purchases and interest rate increases coming together. 

6. A Safe Place to Hide – Chris Mayer

I heard a friend say there is “no safe place to hide.” It got me thinking. What’s safe?

I think the answer to the question depends on your investment horizon.

So, cash looks really good if you need two weeks. Maybe you need to buy a new car. Cash gets it done. Not much risk.

Cash looks worse, though, if you look one year out, especially with inflation running circa 8%. And it looks terrible over ten years.

If your horizon stretches ten years or more, then owning a good business is one of the safest places to be. Even better: own a portfolio of such businesses. Thank goodness we have public equity markets, where we can easily buy pieces of some of the best businesses on the planet. (The problem is that we can easily sell them, too, but more on this below…)…

…Alternatively, you could build a portfolio of wonderful businesses yourself and then – this is the key part – leave it alone for a decade and see what happens. This is the “coffee can” idea. I am a big fan. I’ve written about it in different places before, but you can read about the idea, penned by its original creator, Robert Kirby, in a classic article here:

http://csinvesting.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/12/the-coffee-can-portfolio.pdf

The appeal of the coffee can is you protect yourself against your worst instincts. You can’t sell when things are going badly. It’s like Odysseus, when he had his crew tie him his mast to resist the sirens’ calls. He still heard them, but he couldn’t do anything. (His crew stuffed beeswax in their ears).

I quoted Kirby up top. As he implies, in some ways, it is easier to invest when you have a longer-term time horizon. I have have no idea what the stock prices of my favorite ideas will do over the next 5 months. Chance would play a huge role in the outcome. And the odds are decent they could actually be worth less. But over the next 5 years, I’m more confident they will be worth a lot more.

What makes investing hard is that things don’t unfold in an even, or predictable, manner. There are some great runs, there are nasty drawdowns and there are extended periods where you seem to go nowhere. Each presents lots of opportunities for investors to make costly mistakes. 

7. Meta’s new text-to-video AI generator is like DALL-E for video – James Vincent

A team of machine learning engineers from Facebook’s parent company Meta has unveiled a new system called Make-A-Video. As the name suggests, this AI model allows users to type in a rough description of a scene, and it will generate a short video matching their text. The videos are clearly artificial, with blurred subjects and distorted animation, but still represent a significant development in the field of AI content generation…

…The clips are no longer than five seconds and contain no audio but span a huge range of prompts. The best way to judge the model’s performance is to watch its output. Each of the videos below was generated by Make-A-Video and captioned with the prompt used to generate the video. However, it’s also worth noting that each video was provided to The Verge by Meta, which is not currently allowing anyone access to the model. That means the clips could have been cherry-picked to show the system in its best light.

Again, while it’s clear these videos are computer-generated, the output of such AI models will improve rapidly in the near future. As a comparison, in just the space of a few years, AI image generators have gone from creating borderline incomprehensible pictures to photorealistic content. And though progress in video could be slower given the near-limitless complexity of the subject matter, the prize of seamless video generation will motivate many institutions and companies to pour great resources into the project….

…It’s also worth noting that Meta is not the only institution working on AI video generators. Earlier this year, for example, a group of researchers from Tsinghua University and the Beijing Academy of Artificial Intelligence (BAAI) released their own text-to-video model, named CogVideo (the only other publicly available text-to-video model)…

…In a paper describing the model, Meta’s researchers note that Make-A-Video is training on pairs of images and captions as well as unlabeled video footage. Training content was sourced from two datasets (WebVid-10M and HD-VILA-100M), which together, contain millions of videos spanning hundreds of thousands of hours of footage. This includes stock video footage created by sites like Shutterstock and scraped from the web.

The researchers note in the paper that the model has many technical limitations beyond blurry footage and disjointed animation. For example, their training methods are unable to learn information that might only be inferred by a human watching a video — e.g., whether a video of a waving hand is going left to right or right to left. Other problems include generating videos longer than five seconds, videos with multiple scenes and events, and higher resolution…

…Meta’s team also notes that, like all AI models trained on data scraped from the web, Make-A-Video has “learnt and likely exaggerated social biases, including harmful ones.” In text-to-image models, these biases often reinforce social prejudices. For example, ask a model to generate an image of a “terrorist,” and it will likely depict someone wearing a turban. However, it’s impossible to say what biases Meta’s model has learned without open access.

Meta says it is “openly sharing this generative AI research and results with the community for their feedback, and will continue to use our responsible AI framework to refine and evolve our approach to this emerging technology.”


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Apple and Meta Platforms. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 25 September 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 25 September 2022:

1. How Much Do Interest Rates Matter to the Stock Market? – Ben Carlson

The 3-month T-bill was just over 1% in 1954 but ended the decade at more than 4%. During this time frame, the S&P 500 was up 21% per year or more than 210% in total.

Short-term rates nearly doubled in the 1960s, going from a little more than 4% to 8%. The 1960s weren’t a great decade for the stock market but the S&P 500 was up a respectable 7.7% annually. Close to 8% per year is not bad during a time when interest rates doubled.

In the 1970s, short-term yields went from 8% to 12%. Nominally the U.S. stock market did okay in the 1970s. Stocks were up 5.9% per year even as interest rates were breaking through double-digit levels.

The problem is inflation was 7.1% so stocks were down on a real basis. And that’s the biggest difference between the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s. While inflation was more than 7% per year in the 70s, it was just 2.0% and 2.3%, respectively, in the 50s and 60s. So while the real returns were spectacular in the 1950s and pretty good in the 1960s, they were awful in the 1970s.

You can never gauge the markets using any single variable but if I had to rank them in terms of importance, inflation would get more first place votes than interest rates…

…The stock market doesn’t do nearly as well when inflation is rising and it does really well when inflation is falling (on average).

But when it comes to interest rates, there isn’t much of a discernible pattern. I know a lot of people would like to believe falling interest rates were the sole cause of the entire bull market in stocks from the early-1980s but my contention would be disinflation was a bigger catalyst.

2. Frameworks v0.2 – Chris Paik

All successful consumer-facing companies appeal to one or more of the seven deadly sins. They are time-tested core motivators that incentivize people to do things (the fact that they have survived for all of time without any edits is proof of their power). There are no successful consumer companies that do not appeal to any of the seven deadly sins.

Different motivators can apply to different constituents within each company, even different behaviors from the same constituent.

Examples:

Sloth: Uber, Amazon

Pride: Instagram, Tik Tok

Gluttony: DoorDash, Netflix

Lust: Tinder, OnlyFans

Envy: Pinterest

Wrath: Twitter

Greed: Bitcoin, Robinhood

Sloth tends to be the easiest to monetize because the end user places a fairly consistent price on the trade off between money and time (convenience). Pride is also easy to monetize—see framework on elasticity of demand and Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs. Gluttony is straightforward in its monetization as it is rooted in consumption. Lust, while easy to monetize, has historically been confused with long-term mate finding, a seemingly impossible atomic value swap that has plagued dating websites. Envy is slippery to monetize, as the challenge is how to own the point of purchasing decision (the path from inspiration/envy to a monetizable transaction can be long and convoluted). Wrath is a very difficult sin to monetize and often manifests through in-group/out-group dynamics. Greed is the hardest of all sins to monetize, naturally so as the user is loath to engage in a sub-optimal transaction, and will prefer to be monetized via any other sin (i.e. sloth in the form of performance fees)…

…Market risk is where the demand for the product is unknown. Execution risk is where the demand is well understood, but the hard part is in the delivery of value against existing competition. Any company that is pure execution risk without any market risk is not a suitable venture investment.

Examples:

Instagram, Snapchat, and most of what we consider “consumer” companies neatly fall into the market-risk bucket. No amount of money spent on a customer survey or consulting project would yield the conclusion that there is an opportunity. It requires an explorer to basically set sail with conviction and strike land.

An example of execution risk would be becoming a franchisee. There is well understood demand for the product, but delivery of that product to demand is not so simple. Opening a new location in a new city or country would be some small amount of market risk, so near pure execution risk would be opening a franchise location a few blocks away from another one…

…The reason why Charli D’Amelio is the #1 Tik Toker is because she is a dancer. Tik Tok is the first platform to incorporate audio as a native part of the core product consumption experience, and thus the first opportunity for dance to be properly appreciated as content.

JFK would have been less advantaged in his presidential campaign without the invention of the television. Similarly, FDR would have struggled in a post-TV era.

Another way to interpret this framework is that a new content network that aims to poach top users from a pre-existing one will fail. Success stories in every new network will be homegrown—the opportunity/switching cost for would-be emigrants established on other platforms is too high…

…Treating supply as a commodity is the core philosophy of all marketplaces. This leads to supply competing to serve the firehose of demand with that competitive dynamic translating into a consumer surplus. Treating supply as unique is the classic “arm the rebels” approach which requires the supply to think of themselves as non-fungible. Supply that believes itself not to be a commodity will invest in products that allow themselves to differentiate from competitors, capture more margin from their customers, and avoid being platform dependent.

Examples:

Uber is an excellent example of supply as commodity. Interestingly enough, I explicitly wouldn’t want the same driver as I had last time because in all likelihood, they are very far away when I need them. Shopify is a great example of supply as unique. No company using Shopify thinks of themselves as a commodity, which is exactly why they invest the time and energy into setting up their own storefront rather than plugging into a marketplace with pre-existing demand…

…A Swiss Army knife is very useful when you are space constrained. It is less useful when you need a dedicated screwdriver to assemble a room full of furniture. Similarly, products with a generalized value proposition will inevitably be cannibalized by more specialized competitors. Convenience is the only defense generalized tools have against erosion by specialized tools.

Examples:

Very famously, Craigslist as a generalized tool has been competed against by more specialized tools in each of the classifieds categories. Similarly, over time, eBay has been cannibalized by competitors who are focused on a specific vertical within eBay (i.e. Poshmark, Bring a Trailer)…

…A very effective strategy to unlock potential energy in what may seem to be a calcified ecosystem is to do something that the existing, entrenched players deem to be completely irrational. The conceit in this strategy is that while the behavior may seem irrational at the first order level, it is rational at the second order level and often leads to a market leading position if not monopoly.

Examples:

Credit Karma is a perfect example of this strategy. When it was founded, the credit bureaus all made very good money by charging for credit reports. Whether by corroboration or complacency, Equifax, Transunion, and Experian neglected to rock the boat and were content in their business model of clipping coupons from customers paying to access their credit reports. By offering credit reports for free, Credit Karma employed a strategy that on face value seemed entirely irrational to the credit bureaus—why ruin a good thing? But Credit Karma was after a much more lucrative pot of gold—financial referrals. Banks and credit cards would pay hand over fist for new customers and Credit Karma had them in spades because of their strategy. This was the second order optimization they were playing for and it worked beautifully.

3. Jay Goldberg – AMD: How Chips Are Changing – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and Jay Goldberg

[00:08:37] Patrick: Let’s zoom all the way to today, maybe describe the industry map, if you will, and we’ll come back to some of the history too to figure out how we got to here, but just to set the stage on how big this has all become. The semiconductor shortage over the last couple of years was one of the big geopolitical headlines, it’s become something that’s an essential thing that fuels a lot of what the world does and how we spend our time. Maybe just talk about that industry map today, what the major functions are and who the major players are in the production of the semiconductors that fuel all this stuff.

[00:09:10] Jay: To get at that question, we need to do some level setting, because there’s a few basics of the industry that are going to play through the rest of the story. The first is this idea we’ll call Moore’s Law named for Gordon Moore, the original CEO of Intel. And the idea here is that every 18 months, the semiconductors that we can manufacture double in performance or, more formally, transistor density per chip doubles every 18 months. And it’s almost a miracle of productivity growth, not just for electronics and semis, but for the whole economy. We’re at the point now where the smartphones we have in our pockets have more compute capacity than all the computers on the planet in 1950, something crazy like that. We have super computers in our pockets that we can literally take for granted because they’re not even the most advanced things out there. There are even more incredible systems in the cloud. That’s all because of Moore’s Law. For a long time, every 18 months, chips are just getting better, and better, and better.

Unfortunately, that’s slowed down. I said 18 months a few minutes ago, now it’s more like three years, four years. That pace of innovation has slowed and that leads to the second part of this is there’s a corollary to Moore’s Law that people don’t always talk about, which is the cost of manufacturing those chips increases at almost the same rate as the performance gains. It’s a little bit slower but the cost of building a manufacturing plant for semiconductors, we call it a fab, fabrication plant, a fab. Cost of building a fab today at the advanced manufacturing process is $7 billion for a building and a bunch of equipment. $7 billion is a lot of money. Over time, that led to another branch in the industry. I talked about in the ’70s, we saw a split between people who made electronics, people who made chips. In the ’90s then, we started to see a split between people who designed chips and people who manufactured chips.

If you think about a chip company today, the names that come to mind are AMD, Nvidia, Qualcomm, Broadcom. Those are all what we call fabless chip companies. They don’t do the manufacturing themself. They design the chip, an architect would drop a blueprint, only a few trillion times more complicated. They take that design and then hand it off to a third party who does the physical manufacture. And we call those third parties who own fabs, we call them foundries. Most chip companies today are fabless and they work with foundries. Now, there are a few that still make chips on their own, Intel, we call them IDMs, but most of the industry today is around this fabless foundry ecosystem. Those are the two pillars of the industry, this idea of Moore’s Law and this fabless foundry ecosystem. With that baseline, the market for fabless semis today is about 400, $500 billion, which is a big market. Then you throw in the foundries, and the equipment companies, and the software it takes to do the manufacture, plus other parts of test and packagings at the end of the process, that altogether is 8, $900 billion global market.

[00:12:04] Patrick: How does that shake out between what I’ll call sources of power? A big thing that’s been in the news obviously has been TSMC. It’s important, it’s the big foundry, it’s in Taiwan, there’s geopolitical concerns around that. Intel is building a big plant, I think, in Arizona. There’s geopolitical underpinnings of the foundry part specifically. Feels like the fabless designers have been pretty Western dominated, but what can you tell us about the state of play there and, in your view, on the importance of foundries being more localized? Maybe there’s going to be a reintegration so it’s not fabless anymore, it’s design and manufacturer. What do you think about the state of things? Because it’s really been a key news item in the last two years.

[00:12:45] Jay: And rightly so. The cost of building a fab has gone up incredibly high and the R&D required to not just build the building, but the R&D to be able to actually use the building and take advantage of it is immense. As a result, fewer and fewer number of companies have been able to produce at what we call the leading edge, the most advanced manufacturing process. To the point today where there are really only two companies that can produce chips at the most advanced process nodes, seven nanometer, that’s TSMC in Taiwan and Samsung in Korea. And Samsung, at this exact moment, August 26th, 2022, Samsung’s looking a little shaky. Nobody else can do that.

That is an immense choke point strategically for the supply chain and geopolitically because, again, all of TSMC’s plants are in Taiwan, and with all the tensions around that, that’s a big concern. The big question for the industry is can Intel catch back up? And we’ll talk about this later, but Intel hit a wall a few years ago and stopped being able to stay at the leading edge. And this is a company that had defined the leading edge for 40 years, they named the law after him, named Moore’s law after an Intel guy. They hit a wall 2015, 2016, somewhere around there, that had a really, really hard time advancing. And so this then becomes a big geopolitical question of can the US ever do leading edge manufacturing in semis again? Unfortunately it all comes down to Intel. At this point, no one knows whether or not they’ll be able to catch a backup again.

[00:14:14] Patrick: Why can’t we throw unlimited money at this problem and make it so that Intel or some other US based company, for political interests and national security reasons, can produce at seven and maybe five nanometer and beyond?

[00:14:30] Jay: If it were a money problem, we wouldn’t necessarily be in this place right now. Intel had plenty of money, and they’ve been generating huge cash flow for years. I think what happened inside Intel was partly organizational and structural. They made some bad management decisions. They made some bad capital allocation decisions that got them stuck off, that got them off track. Ultimately, yeah, I think if we threw a lot of money at it, we could solve it, given enough money and time and motivation. But it’s big sums of money. Just sort of put it in context, the chips act, which just passed in the US to subsidize the US semiconductor industry is $52 billion to be allocated over five years, to be spent over five years. $52 billion TSMs CapEx in 2022 alone is $44 billion. So yes, we can catch up theoretically, but we were talking really, really big sums of money here…

[00:17:37] Patrick: Let’s talk about the difference between CPU and GPU and sort of general purpose semiconductors, which have dominated the history like a single architecture of the X86. Intel architecture has been dominant through history, NVIDIA is very famous for its dominant position and GPU’s. Maybe explain those two big horses, what they do, and why so much of the history and everything we take for granted that’s driven by compute rides on the top of basically two general purpose types of chips, so that we can then talk about how AMD has been at the leading edge. I think of that changing to some degree and how that might change in the future.

[00:18:12] Jay: Let me start off by saying general compute has been the pattern for the last 40 years. We’re now at a transition point. And that’s going to change. I’ll get into that. But in terms of where we are, to start with, CPU’s Central Processing Units are the main key chip inside of a computer, to have them in our laptops. That market for a very long time was dominated by Intel. They had 70%, 80% of the market. The rest was AMD. They had about 20% of the market. That grew really, really well until the dawn of the smartphone era when plateaued seeing GDP growth in PCs. In the early 2000s, we started to see the rise of GPU and they kind of do what says on the label, is they process graphics. A CPU can do graphics, but a GPU is dedicated special purpose to just do graphics. And that’s made it a lot easier to do video calls and play games on our computers. It’s become more important over time, and it’s becoming even more important as we go forward. The GPU market is split roughly between AMD and NVIDIA. NVIDIA is 70-ish percent of the market, depending on which category you’re looking at, AMD is the other 30%, right? That’s sort of starting point steady state where we were in the 2000, teens. That’s all changing. And I’m mostly going to talk about from the perspective of CPUs that we put in our PCs, our computers. There is another important category use of CPUs, which is in the data center for servers. And the server is very big, very powerful computer. And you line up racks of those. And that’s how you build a data center. You have a million CPUs inside of a data center, and those CPUs are much, much, much more powerful than what you have in your laptop.

That’s another fantastic market. But that has been dominated by Intel for 40 years, 30 years. If you think of servers in the data center, it’s an Intel x86 chip. It’s like a hundred percent. It used to be that we would say data center is basically just a giant room full of CPUs. That has started to change. And a big cause of that change is what we call AI, which I think is a misleading term. Really what it is linear algebra. And for a variety of reasons, you don’t want to use a CPU to do linear algebra. You can, it works perfectly well, since it’s fairly straightforward, fairly streamlined, it’s better to do it on a GPU. And as a result, everyone’s talking about AI today, chance are, if you are using some software online and it says, oh, our tax software is powered by AI. What that really means is that software is being run on NVIDIA, GPUs in some data center. And so we’re starting to see this shift away from a hundred percent CPUs in the data center to a lot more GPU. And then over time what’s going to happen or what’s already starting to happen is we’re not even use GPU to do AI. We’re going to use special purpose Asics that just do AI math. Google is the first one to do this very famously but they have another chip that just does AI math. It’s even better at doing AI math than the GPU. And if you want to play around with AI at home, you’re taking some course and you’re doing AI, your laptop at home will run that just fine. But if you’re doing it at Google scale where every search has to go through multiple iterations of AI algorithms, and it’s billions of people using it at once, you want your data center to have the most efficient way of performing that AI math, and that often is going to mean a special purpose chip.

So this is important because for years, we’ve just been making do general purpose compute, and it used to be if you had a computing problem and you’d sit there and go, wow, I have this weird corner case problem. And I really wish I could have a special purpose chip to just do this and be more efficient at it. I’m the acne box company. And I want to make a box processing unit. 10 years ago, I could have sat down and gone, all right, let design that my own chip. And by the time I could have actually gotten that into production, there’d be a new CPU out. And no matter how good my special purpose chip was, CPU was twice as good as the last generation. And I just throw more CPU at it. My problem solve, I don’t need my own chip. But if it’s not taking four or five years to see those performance gains on CPUs, suddenly making my own chip makes a lot more sense. And that is a big change coming to the industry. And we’re starting to see these data centers go from a hundred percent CPU to 50%, 60% CPU and 40% everything else. We call it heterogeneous compute, fancy term for mixing and matching different types of custom semi custom chips in with CPU…

...[00:31:53] Patrick: Can you say a bit more about this transition point? If we’ve gone 40 years with two general purpose workhorses that do just about everything and some of the things that made that possible, like the speed of Moore’s Law is slowing down and we just need ever more specialization, how far down does that go? And what are the most interesting ones that are happening now? You already mentioned the data center and the transition to GPU and ASICs and ASICs for specific AI workloads or something. How far can you extend this story, do you think, in a way that makes this industry look very different than a couple of major dominant companies, and instead becomes a much more fragmented set of designers, all designing around specific use cases?

[00:32:35] Jay: I think the best way to view that is to think of this industry as moving with a pendulum. I talk about, in the fifties, how everybody was vertically integrated, and then we swung all the way to the point where everything is completely abstracted. We’re starting to move back. Not necessarily for manufacturing, that’s still going to be specialized. But we’re starting to see a lot more non-chip companies make chips. Some of that’s electronics companies, Cisco makes their own chips, Western Digital makes their own chips for electronics. But mostly what I’m talking about is internet companies. The seven biggest data center companies, the Super 7: Google, Facebook, Amazon, Microsoft, Baidu, Alibaba, Tencent. Those companies are all designing their own chips. And it’s very interesting. You asked what’s one way to look at it. To me, the most interesting chip on the market now is something that Google has created called the VCU, the Video Coding Unit. You could almost just call it the YouTube chip because it was designed by the team at YouTube to do video compression and decompression, video and coding. Very, very special purpose chip. You don’t see it much in the press because there was no competitor. Usually, Google releases their chip and there’s some competitor who’s going to publish a white paper and talk to all the press about how “This is not as good as what we make.” There was a whole new category of chips that nobody really had thought to create before. But Google had a very, very specific need to build this chip for their own benefit. And so they went out and designed it and got TSMC to manufacture it for them. And it saves them, they haven’t said numbers, but it’s got to save them hundreds of millions of dollars a year in OpEx and CapEx. It’s a pretty interesting story there.

And then that percolates through all of these companies. It’s important to remember, when we’re talking about data center electronics, the CPUs, the GPUs that go in data centers, they’re very, very powerful niche product and they’re very, very profitable for all the chip companies. And those seven companies, maybe throw in Apple on a couple others, consume probably 70% of the server CPU category. Data center, electronics is a discrete market in its own right. It’s about $20 billion market and you have seven, eight companies buying 70% of the output of the most profitable chips that any of these companies make. And now you’re starting to see your customer has become your competitor. And that’s just this one area. And we’re starting to see this percolate through lots of other companies. The automotive companies are going to have to do something like this at some point to get to autonomy. We don’t know what they’re going to do yet, but there’s going to be a big change when that happens. My favorite example is John Deere. I think most people, where I live in the Valley, think of John Deere as very low tech. But in reality, they are a very high tech company. They’re actually designing their own chips now to do autonomous tractor driving essentially. I think we’re going to start to see many more companies like that, industrial automotive, aerospace companies design their own chips. Everything’s going to become very much more custom purpose specific.

4. An Interview With Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang About Building the Omniverse Cloud – Ben Thompson and Jensen Huang

We’re on the same path here, because one of the striking lines in your keynote was that “Future games will not have pre-baked worlds, it will be simulations”. What’s interesting about that is it’s getting into the economics of gaming, where it used to be that all the cost of a game was in the actual game development, in developing the engine and all those sorts of pieces, but at some point the cost of creating graphics for immersive games has surged in line with the capability of chips like yours, and resulted in this world of super expensive AAA games, to your point, of all these artists laboring away at all these scenes. Then there’s little independent games, and there’s not much in the middle. Is a world of pure simulation, as fantastical as that sounds, perhaps counterintuitively a more accessible one, because you can code the environment, or you can describe the environment, instead of laboriously drawing it?

JH: Well, there’s a perfect analogy for what you’ve just said. Artificial intelligence, people thought, would aggregate technology powers in fewer companies, but in fact artificial intelligence democratizes computer science. It makes it possible for anybody to write software, it’s democratizing and makes everybody a creator, it’s going to make everybody a game developer. If you can go to the extreme and say that a user could generate and create all kinds of really interesting games, why can’t small studios create interesting games? Why can’t larger studios than that create even larger-scale games, and so and so forth? In the future, game developers will be less about the hard and the repetitive engineering of creating the world physics, which includes computer graphics and physics and everything around it, and more about the game. So it’s going to be more about creating interesting games and fun games, and gameplay, and interesting assets and things like that, and less about making physics work, because hopefully physics just works. In our world, physics just works…

...I did want to go back to, you mentioned this democratization of AI, and that’s been a real mind shift and wake up call for me, and definitely, I was on the other side of assuming it would lead to more centralization. Stable Diffusion is like the preeminent example of this, where it’s open source, you can run it locally, but it’s also already being modified in all these super interesting ways. At the same time, it’s still pretty expensive to run this stuff, and I’m curious, 1) did you always have a view that AI would be more democratic than people thought it would be, or has that shifted for you over the last little bit as well and then 2) to what extent, if any, is some of this cloud offering, not just about, again, the sort of big industrial applications, but I’m particularly interested in using these GPUs on the edge, making them actually accessible for consumer-grade applications in a cost-effective way?

JH: First of all, if you think about the first principles of artificial intelligence, it’s about a computer that writes software by itself. The extent by which computing could help society is limited not by the cost of computers, it’s limited by the number of people who know how to program computers, and so the number of people who can now program computers has gone up by a factor of several orders of magnitude, and the reason for that is because just about everybody knows how to teach somebody else how to do something, or show somebody how to do something properly, but very few people know how to program C++. I think for artificial intelligence, the concept that you now have a computer scientist inside your computer, that’s the first part of democratization.

The second part of it has to do with the fact that you can write a piece of software, and this piece of software can now adapt to a whole bunch of other skills that you never intended to write it for, that’s the second layer of democratization. The first one already happened, right? You could argue that it even got a boost with GitHub’s Copilot that helps you write software. So the number of people who could write software, artificial intelligence software, the concept of zero code, the concept of low code, all of that concept of AI-assisted coding, all of that is really about democratizing programming, and so on. Next layer is what’s happening right now with large language models. It’s really quite an amazing thing that the scaling law caused not just only the recognition of patterns and relationships, but the scaling law made it possible for us to literally encode human knowledge into this neural network.

And everyone has access to the Internet to get all this data, to feed into it.

JH: It’s a little bit like this neural network now has memory, because it learned from everything that we’ve ever done and spoken about. What’s a really interesting application? Well, maybe there’s a rare form of cancer and it was described in doctor’s notes in a lot of different ways. Maybe it was described in research, but it’s rarely seen and the reason why it’s rarely seen is because it’s rare. But you know the characteristics of it, the multi-modality characteristics of it, and if you can now teach an AI how to now imagine a whole bunch of different iterations of that rare disease that you’ve never seen before, or you rarely seen from the descriptions of research. Now, this AI image generator can generate a whole bunch of different versions of it and you go, “Oh my goodness, this is what it looks like” and then you could take a computer vision algorithm that then now in the future, when you see something like this and a whole bunch of versions of something like this detected in your ultrasound or your CT, or whatever it happens to be.

Now you can imagine how, in fact, this large language model, which has embodied and encoded so much human knowledge could reduce the complexity and make it possible to solve problems that we’ve never solved before. Now this large language model says, “Well, four or five people can go and train four or five companies or institutions, or you could team up together just like we did with Hugging Face.” A whole bunch of people can come together and train one model, which then afterwards, we could adapt, fine tune, prompt learn into a whole bunch of other skills that it’s never been trained to do, and so now it’s been democratized.

5. Henry Ford: My Life and Work – David Senra

Henry Ford detests lazy people, and he’s going to bring this up over and over again, humans are made to work. I’m going to read this to you first and then I’ll tell you what I wrote down right after I read it. So he says, “The natural thing to do is work, to recognize that prosperity and happiness can be obtained only through honest effort. Human ills flow largely from attempting to escape from this natural course. So the way I think about that is humans are made to work. The sense of accomplishment from overcoming difficulty is satisfying in a way that a life of leisure and ease will never be.”…

…He’s giving us advice. He’s like, “Hey, if you want to build a business, you want to build a product, start with a product that already exists, study it, and then just find a way to get rid of the useless parts.” Well, he starts out building $6,000 luxury cars for other people at a time when the average worker was making $2 or $3 a day, and he realized, “We have all this stuff in the car that’s just not needed.” And so you can think about Ford’s career as like, “Okay, that’s the state of cars now. And so for the next 15 to 20 years, I’m going to find a way how to keep making this simple, keep making it lighter. And then the more simple I make something, the more of them I can make. The more of them I can make, the lower the price gets.”…

…He goes into a lot of detail. I’m going to pull out one because this is important. So at the point, at this time, there’s a good amount of wood that is being put into these cars. And so he says, “Take wood for example. For certain purposes, wood is now the best substance we know, but wood is extremely wasteful. The wood in a Ford car contains 30 pounds of water.” This is very basic. It’s simple, but not easy. His approach to building a business is simple but not easy. So it’s like, “Okay. Well, this is just one material and one part of a car that has hundreds, maybe thousands of different pieces to it.”

And so he is like, “Okay. Well, this seems to be very wasteful. The wooden afford car contains 30 pounds of water.” And this thought process is fantastic. So he goes, “There must be some way of doing better than that. There must be some be method by which we can gain the same strength and elasticity without having to lug around useless weight,” and this is the punchline. This is so important and why I’m reading it to you. “And so through a 1,000 processes.”

His point is like, “I didn’t just think about this for wood in the car. I thought about it for every single part of my product, every single part of my business.” That line of thinking takes time because you have to do it a 1,000 times to different areas of your business, but if you are willing to invest that time, by the time he starts mass producing, by the time the first Model T comes off of the assembly line, he has been experimenting and using this kind of thought process for 20 years. So they think, “Okay…” And why is that important? Because by the time that process starts, the game is already over, game, set, match because now he can make a product in 12 minutes, that takes his competitor two days.

[00:26:40] And so he talks about in kind of a weird, hard to understand way that, “Basically I only had one idea. I wanted to make the car for the every man. I was only interested in trying to get that car, the price as low as possible.” And so what he’s about to say here is, “Really, you start with the product,” and the product that he wanted to make was the inexpensive car for the everyday man. And then you try to work backwards on how to do that over many, many decades. The place to start manufacturing is with the product. The factory, the organization, and the selling and the financial plans will shoot themselves to the product. And that process is extremely long. He says, “I spent 12 years before I had a Model T, that suited me. We did not attempt to go into real production until we had a real product.”…

…And so he’s saying, “Hey, other entrepreneur, waste is largely due to not understanding what one does or being careless in the doing of it. Greed is merely nearsightedness. I have striven towards manufacturing with a minimum of waste, both of materials and of human effort. And then towards distribution at a minimum of profit.” That means profit per car. He’s not trying to artificially suppress the amount of money he makes. He just doesn’t want to make a lot per car.

“Depending for the total profit upon the volume of distribution.” So there you go. I kind of ran over his point there, and then he has this four-part philosophy of service. I’m going to save that for the end because he repeats that in the last chapter as well. So I’m going to skip to… He’s going to actually give us… Oh my goodness. So all we’ve been talking about his philosophy in his autobiography. Now he actually hears a little bit about his life and he says, “On May 31st, 1921, the Ford Motor Company turned out car number 5,000,000.” And he’s about to tell us, “Hey, I’ve been at this a long time. I’m happy I just made my 5,000,000th car, in the Model T alone.”

[00:29:32] He’s going to sell 15,000,000, just of the Model T. So he’s talking about number 5,000,000 of any Ford car that’s not… Model T alone is 15,000,000 but that’s going to happen over the next decade and a half from where we’re in the story. But the reason I’m bringing this to your attention is because like he said, he built a gasoline buggy, which is kind of the first primitive car, 30 years before he produced his 5,000,000th car. And why is he bringing this up? Because he’s listening, car number 5,000,000. He says, “It’s simpler than my first car, but almost every point in it may also be found in the first car.”…

…And what’s fascinating is the fact that he focused on… I don’t want to be too complicated because I don’t want to direct your attention away from what we’re talking about, but there is something interesting in setting the early days of the automobile industry that I think applies universally to other industries.

Ford took the lead, was the dominant player, had over 50% market share, but that’s how good his one idea was, but that one idea led to the giant gap because Billy Durant of GM’s like, “I’m not going to just make one car. I’m going to make a conglomerate. I’m going to have a cheap car, a medium car, a luxury car. I’m not going to do all this. I’m going to go out…” What he did is, “I’m going to go out and buy all these other existing…” He bought Buick and Cadillac, and I think he started Chevrolet. I don’t know if he bought it. I can’t remember, but the point being is just eventually people got tired of just having the one black Model T and once they started, then cars became like, “Hey, your car says something about you,” and there’s all this other things.

The entire time that Henry Ford was having success, Billy Durant and then really Alfred Sloan because Billy Durant lost control of his company and Alfred Sloan was the one that brought GM’s… Essentially, Alfred Sloan was the one that brought Billy Durant’s ideas to fruition in the marketplace. And because GM had better product offerings, once the Model T tapered out, that’s when GM had this huge rise. And I think by 19… I want to say like 1950, maybe, let’s say 1950, 1960s, GM’s one of the largest companies on the planet.

And really, the takeaway there is like, okay, one industry, you have two legendary founders. They both have completely different philosophies and sometimes the philosophies work depending on the time…

…So check this out though. He’s selling these cars. Obviously, if there’s only one car, people are like, “What is this saying? Who made it?” His boss at the electric company tries to get him to give up his experience. “During all this time, I kept my position with the electric company and gradually advanced to Chief Engineer. I was making $125 a month, but my gas experiments were no more popular with the president of the company than my first mechanical leanings were with my father. It was not that my employer objected to experiments, only to experiments with a gas engine. I can still hear him saying, ‘Electricity, yes. That is the coming thing. But gas, no.'”

And this is for its point, remember we’re in 1892, maybe 1893 at this point. No one had the remotest notion of the future of the internal combustion engine while we were just on the edge of the great electrical development. So everything, all the energy, the attention, the money, the entrepreneurial energy and spirit is going into electricity, and yet Ford was able to ignore that distraction and with great independence of mind, be like, “Ah, no. I’m going to focus on this thing because I like it. I’m interested in it. I think it has a future.”

[00:40:47] That’s easy to say, “Oh yeah. Think for yourself.” It is almost impossible to actually do, especially when everybody around you is focused on something else. And this is where Henry Ford at every… There’s always like a fork in the road in an entrepreneur or founder’s life, right? It’s like at some point, none of this is going to work if you don’t bet on yourself. And usually, you’re not in the best position when you have to make this decision, which is why so few people do it.

“The Edison company offered me the general superintendency of the company, but on a condition that I would give up my gas engine and devote myself to something useful. That’s their words. I had to choose between my job and my automobile and I chose my automobile.” This is a crazy thing, right? This is a calculation based on arrogance. “There was really nothing in the way of choice for already, I knew that the car was bound to be a success. I quit my job on August 15th, 1899 and went into the automobile business.”

[00:41:46] Why did I say that is a calculation based on arrogance? At this point, there is no such thing as a commercially successful car company. And he’s saying, “I already knew it was bound to be a success.” It gets even more unbelievable. “I had no personal money. What money was left over from living was all used in experimenting, but my wife agreed that the automobile could not be given up and that we had to make or break.” And this is so important. He’s talking about the fact that at the beginning, there is no demand.

He’s essentially describing the creation of a new industry and how humans are likely to react to a change. He says, “There was no demand for automobiles. There is never demand for a new product. At first, the horseless carriage…” Not even called an automobile, right? “The horseless carriage was considered merely a freak notion. And many wise people explained why it could never be more than a toy. No man of money even thought of it as a commercial possibility. In the beginning, there was hardly anyone who sensed that the automobile could be a large factor in industry. The most optimistic people at this time hoped for a development that was akin to the bicycle.”…

…So 1905, 1906, they’re selling models. And some of the models are $2,000 and $1,000 each. And he’s like, “It’s cheaper than a $6,000 car or a $4,000 car that was common at a time. But he’s like, “It’s still too expensive.” And so he is like, “At $2,000 and a $1,000, we only sold 1,500 cars.” And so he eventually goes like this continuous improvement. And this is still way before the Model T, keep in mind, but he gets the price down. Instead of $2,000 and $1,000, it’s $750 and $600.

[00:53:07] And this is where he’s like, “Oh, I’m right and everybody else is wrong,” because once he got the price low enough, he goes from selling 1,500 cars to almost 8,500. So what’s fascinating is even though they’re selling thousands and thousands of cars, he’s getting closer to his original idea. He’s not there yet. The other people like the shareholders and other people in the business are like, “Okay, this is good enough.” But again, Henry Ford’s like, “No, I just have one idea. I’m glad of the progress I’m making towards it. I think I’m getting closer, but I’m still not there yet.”

And so he says, “We were a prosperous company. We might have easily sat down and said, ‘Now we’ve arrived. Let us hold onto what we got.’ Indeed, there were some disposition to take this stand. Some of our stockholders were seriously alarmed when our production reached a 100 cars a day. They wanted to do something to stop me from ruining the company and when I replied to the effect that 100 cars a day was only a trifle and that I hope long before to make a 1,000 a day, they were shocked.”

And he says, “The temptation to stop and hang on to what one has is quite natural. I can entirely sympathize with the desire to quit a life of activity and retire to a life of ease. I have never felt the urge myself.” So again, there’s like a little bit of an ego there. He’s like, “Yeah. They thought a 100 cars a day was fine. They thought a 1,000 cars a day was crazy.” He’s like, “Listen, I understand it’s very natural. You don’t want to mess up what you have. I sympathize your desire to kind of take it easy, but that’s not why I’m here. I have never felt the urge myself. “

And it continues. “It was however, no part of my plan to do anything of that sort. I regarded our progress merely as an invitation to do more.” And why is that? Because he says, “I had been planning every day through these years towards a universal car and we are not there yet. So therefore we are not stopping.” And so now we get to Henry Ford’s iPhone. So we can think of it, “I designed eight models before the Model T. I made the following announcement. I will build…” This is him quoting himself. “I will build a motor car for the great multitude. It will be large enough for a family, but small enough for the individual to run and care for. It will be constructed of the best materials, by the best men to be hired after the simplest designs that modern engineering can devise, but it will be so low in price that no man making a good salary will be unable to own one.” That is Henry Ford’s one single idea.

“It will be so low in price that no man making a good salary will be unable to own one.” The important part is it’s easy to say, “Oh, just make my product cheaper.” But he’s like, “I don’t want to make a low quality cheap product. I want to make a high quality cheap product.” And so for there, he’s literally got to invent the ability to mass produce cars, which did not exist before Henry Ford. So he makes this statement, they runs this ad and it says, “The question was already being asked, how soon will Ford blow up? Nobody knows how many thousand times it has been asked since. It is asked only because of the failure to grasp that a principle rather than an individual is at work, and that the principle is so simple that it seems mysterious.”

[00:56:14] And so then he goes into all… There’s a million different decisions he has to make and a million different processes that he has to examine and just continuously improve over and over again, and you do that for decade after decade. And you get to be able to build a high quality product at a price nobody can match, but the way his brain works is very similar to the way Rockefeller’s brain works. And so, for example, he’s talking about the layout of the factory and the workflow. And he says, “Hey, if we can save 10 steps a day for each of the 12,000 employees that I have, you will save 50 miles of wasted motion and misspent energy every day.”

So that’s his idea. He’s like, “Ford’s focus on the continuous improvement as this company scaled.” It’s going to remind you of when I just reread Titan. It’s episode 248 and Henry Ford and Rockefeller understood this. He’s like, “These little things make a big difference because our organizations are going to be gigantic.” And so Rockefeller’s watching a machine that would like solder caps to cans.

And he’s like, “How many drops of solder do you use on each can?” And the guy’s like, “We use 40,” and he’s like, “Have you tried 38?” Rockefeller asked. And the guy’s like, “No, but I will.” And so he tries 38 drops and a small percentage of the cans leaked so that doesn’t work. But then they try 39 instead of 40 and none of them leaked. And so 39 drops of solder became the new standard oil, at all the standard oil refineries.

And why is that important? Rockefeller’s going to tell us right now, that one drop of solder, and I’m most likely pronouncing that word incorrectly by the way, that one drop saved $2,500 the first year. But that export business kept on increasing after that and doubled and quadrupled, and then became immensely greater than what it was. And the savings has steadily gone along one drop on each can and now has amounted since to many hundreds of thousand dollars every year. One drop on one process, on one tiny part of a gigantic enterprise. That is how Rockefeller and Ford thought. 

6. 8 Dangerous Things People Say About the Stock Market – Chin Hui Leong

1. The economy looks bad, I will invest when things clear up

When confronted with uncertainty, you may feel safe sitting on the sidelines until the economic problems blow over. But in reality, the stock market often recovers before the good news arrives. 

Take February 2020, when the S&P 500 fell by almost 34% before bottoming out in March 2020 at below 2,240 points as news spread about the COVID-19 virus. Then, without warning, the index proceeded to rebound and surpass its February high by August 2020, long before Pfizer (NYSE: PFE) or Moderna’s (NASDAQ: MRNA) vaccines were approved. 

As of its close last Friday, the S&P 500 is 82% above its March 2020 lows.   

Investors who sat out, waiting for better news, have been left behind. 

2. I will sell my stocks now and buy back later

When the economic outlook becomes hazy, there is the temptation to sell your shares today with the intention to buy back when share prices become cheaper. While the idea sounds good in theory, it rarely works in practice. 

Research from Ned Davis shows that half of the S&P 500’s best daily returns occur during a bear market while another 34% happen in the first two months of a bull market. Missing the best days can be detrimental to your returns. Data from Bank of America (NYSE: BAC) shows that if you missed the 10 best days from each decade between 1930 and 2020, your returns would be a mere 28%

Instead, if you have held through the entire period, you would have earned a handsome 17,715% gain. 

3. This stock is down 75%, it can’t go any lower 

The next lesson comes from the depths of the Great Financial Crisis. 

On 5 May 2009, I bought shares of American Oriental Bioengineering after it had fallen by over 75% from its all-time high. Alas, the idea did not work out; today, my shares are worth zero. 

Here’s the thing: in 2009, the company had US$296 million in revenue and US$41 million in profit. By 2012, sales were cut in half with a loss of almost US$60 million. Shares were subsequently delisted that same year. 

As Warren Buffett once said, “If the business does well, the stock eventually follows.” Conversely, if the business does poorly — so too, will the stock.

4. My stock hit a new high, how can it go any higher?  

Buffett’s saying above cannot be understated. 

In particular, when your shares hit an all-time high, there is a strong temptation to take some money off the table, lest you lose your gains. Yet, decisions made based on share price movement alone rarely work out.  

Case in point: I sold half of my holdings in Netflix (NASDAQ: NFLX) at around US$7 after the shares doubled.  Today, Netflix is worth around US$233 per share.

Tellingly, this enormous gain is backed by its underlying business performance. Between 2007, the year that I bought my shares, and today, Netflix’s profits have risen by 76 times. Fittingly, the other half of the Netflix shares I own today are worth over 71 times my original investment.  

7. Incentives: The Most Powerful Force In The World – Morgan Housel

True story about a guy I knew well: A pizza delivery man who became a subprime mortgage banker in 2005.

Virtually overnight he could earn more per day than the earned per month delivering pizza. It completely changed his life.

Put yourself in his shoes. His job was to make loans. Feeding his family relied on making loans. And if he didn’t make those loans someone else would, so protesting or quitting felt pointless.

Everyone knew the subprime mortgage game was a joke in the mid-2000s. Everyone knew it would end one day. But the bar for someone like my friend to say, “This is unsustainable so I’m going to quit and deliver pizza again” is unbelievably high. It would be high for most of us. I didn’t blame him then, and I don’t blame him now.

A lot of people screwed up during the financial crisis. But too many of us underestimate how we ourselves would have acted if someone dangled enormous rewards in our face.

This goes up the food chain, from the broker to the CEO, the investors, the real estate appraiser, the realtor, the house flipper, the politician, the central banker – incentives lean heavily towards not rocking the boat. So everyone keeps paddling long after the market becomes unsustainable.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Amazon, Meta Platforms (parent of Facebook and Instagram), Netflix, Shopify, and TSMC. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 18 September 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 18 September 2022:

1. Equity Duration & Inflation: Lessons From The Nifty Fifty – Sean Stannard-Stockton, CFA

In the early 1970s, a group of high quality growth stocks such as Coca-Cola, Procter & Gamble, Johnson & Johnson, Walt Disney, American Express, and Pfizer generated gangbuster returns. At the time, these stocks were referred to as the Nifty Fifty. At their peak in late 1972, these stocks traded at a PE ratio of 42x while the overall S&P 500 was trading at a PE of 19x. But in 1973 and 1974, inflation rose rapidly, a recession hit, the overall market declined, and Nifty Fifty stocks underperformed sharply.

Most investors think of the collapse of the Nifty Fifty stocks as a bubble that burst. But in fact, if you had bought these stocks at their all time highs and hung on for the long term, you would have earned a 12%+ annual rate of return, or the same as the overall market.

If these stocks proved they were not in a bubble by generating strong returns even from peak valuations that were more than double the overall market valuation, why did they perform so poorly during the 1970s and then perform so extraordinarily well in subsequent decades? And what does this history tell us about today’s market, where high quality growth stocks have traded down by so much this year after trading at relatively high valuations at the end of 2021?…

…The data shows that while Coca-Cola’s PE ratio at the end of 1972 was 46x, a huge premium to the S&P 500 PE ratio of 19x, Coke still went on to generate a 16.2% annual rate of return, beating the S&P 500’s 12.7% rate of return and demonstrating that Coke was actually cheap at 46x earnings. In fact, investors could have paid as much as 82x earnings, an eye popping PE ratio, and still have generated returns in line with the overall market.

Of course, not all the members of the Nifty Fifty did so well. Xerox also traded at 46x earnings, but it went on to generate annual returns of just 6.5%, far less than the S&P 500. The chart shows that investors would have had to pay no more than 19x earnings to generate the same returns as the S&P 500.

Why did Coke do so well, while Xerox did not, despite both trading at the same, optically high, PE ratio? The answer is in the far-right column of the chart where you can see that Coke grew earnings at 13.5% a year over the time period measured while Xerox grew earnings at just 5% a year.

In retrospect, we know that the Nifty Fifty stocks as a group performed just fine even from peak earnings multiples of more than twice the valuation of the S&P 500. Many members of the Nifty Fifty went out to produce gangbuster, multidecade returns even if you bought them at peak valuations before they temporarily collapsed.

So, if they were not overvalued, why did they underperform so badly during the 1970s, and why did their performance turn around in 1980 to begin a period of massive outperformance that recovered all of their prior underperformance?

The reason was the stagflation that began in 1973 was not fully brought under control for a decade…

…What the chart shows is that the overall market fell very dramatically from 1972 through 1974, during which time inflation raced up to over 12% and the economy entered a prolonged recession. But once inflation peaked, and began to decline, the market rallied dramatically. However, the victory over inflation was not complete and it was relatively short lived. Inflation at the end of 1976 had only retreated to 5%.

By 1977, inflation was rising again and this time it was embarking on six-year period of high inflation that reached 15%. To finally bring inflation back down to more sustainable levels, Fed Chairman Paul Volker pushed the Fed Funds interest rate to an incredible 20%, triggering two back to back recessions that lasted for a total of three years.

Over the 10-year period from 1972 to 1982, the overall market returned 6.7% per year while Nifty Fifty stocks did even worse. The PE ratio of the overall market averaged just 9x, with Nifty Fifty stocks retained premium multiples, but at low absolute levels in the mid to low teens.

But once inflation was beaten, the market began a huge multidecade bull run, with Nifty Fifty stocks leading the way and eventually recouping all their underperformance from the stagflationary decade.

The lesson is clear. When inflation rises to high levels and investors come to believe that inflation will remain high for a long period of time, PE ratios fall sharply with the valuations of long duration growth stocks falling by more than average. But once inflation begins to retreat and investors come to believe that it will remain at lower levels on a sustainable basis, valuations quickly reset to higher levels, with the valuation of long duration growth stocks leading the charge higher.

The recovery of long duration, growth stock performance did not wait for the victory over inflation to be final. Rallies in the 1970s occurred once inflation began trending down even as it remained at high levels. By 1985, inflation was still running at nearly 4%, yet the equity market had doubled over the past three years, with Nifty Fifty stocks doing even better.

2. Twitter thread on the development of file-based software and real-time-collaboration software – Amal Dorai

I know this because I founded a startup, LiveLoop, to make MS Office real-time collaborative. Microsoft acquired us in 2015 and has invested heavily in making Office real-time collaborative, and Office collaboration is now much better than in 2016. But it’s still not Google Apps.

There are two major barriers to making a legacy application into a multiplayer application: the file format and its ecosystem, legacy clients and backwards compatibility, and the pure technical challenge of multiplayer. Let’s start with the file format:

Legacy applications speak “file.” Photoshop users have thousands of .psd files in their archives, they share .psd files with Dropbox, they send .psd files as email attachments, and they have .psd files with names like “Billboard_Final_v26_REALLYFINAL_v6.psd.”

The file-based semantics enable users to work with their data offline, and maintain custody of their own data (You can’t lose access to your PowerPoint files on your desktop, but you can lose access to your Google account). But the file has two major limitations:

First is that a legacy file format like PSD has a multi-thousand page specification, with none of it designed around multi-user applications. You can’t replace the file format outright, because then older versions of Photoshop wouldn’t be able to access the new file format.

So changing the file format requires shoehorning in the functionality required for real-time collaboration, in a way that older clients ignore. This is a solvable, but what’s not solvable is that the entire concept of a file is incompatible with multi-user applications:

A file only needs to change when a user opens it, but a collaborative multi-user application has to be editable at any time by any user, so it resides on a server and is accessed over the network. So any file that you store outside of the system becomes immediately obsolete.

Multiplayer applications like Google Apps and Figma avoid this by entirely rejecting the concept of the file . You can’t download a Google Doc – you can only download a snapshot of it as a PDF. You can’t “edit locally” in Google Docs.

Yes, this means that multiplayer applications don’t work offline. (“Merging” a local copy with an online copy is too complex for most users.) Existing applications see this as a dealbreaker because it would be a takeback of functionality that users are accustomed to.

But Google Apps, Figma, etc. have shown that while users may not allow Adobe to take away offline editing, they will use a competitor that doesn’t offer it. As connectivity gets more ubiquitous and collaboration becomes more important, offline support is a relic of the past.

Users of file-based apps also often have workflows that are completely based around the file. Salespeople, for example, build presentations in PowerPoint and then share and present them with third-party tools like ClearSlide and Seismic which understand the .PPTX file format.

Instead of a file format, a multiplayer application like Figma enables third-party workflows with a developer API, and users grant permissions to third parties, which then read or modify the document directly on Figma’s servers.

Building a developer API is technically hard (https://figma.com/blog/how-we-built-the-figma-plugin-system/) and building developer trust program is even harder. But legacy apps ask developers to migrate to APIs right after they’ve destroyed their file-based business models, when trust is low…

…Finally, technical debt. It’s tremendously hard to add multiplayer to an app that wasn’t designed with it in mind. Instead of trying to add wheels to a boat to make it drive on land, you’d be better off melting it down and building a car.

3. How the Worst Market Timer in History Built a Fortune – Charlie Bilello 

Wally didn’t think about investing again until he turned 25, when he inherited a sizable trust worth $130,000. However, the trust came with some strict rules:

  1. He could only invest in a diversified equity portfolio (S&P 500, no individual stocks) and was not allowed to withdraw any of the funds until his 91st birthday.
  2. He could determine when and how much of the $130,000 to invest over time but once he bought into the market, he could not sell a single share until his 91st birthday. All dividends were to be reinvested immediately back into the market.
  3. He was not allowed to see the account balance of his stock portfolio until he turned 91.
  4. The non-invested portion of the $130,000 would be held in a local bank account earning no interest.

Initially, Wally was hesitant to do anything, but just before his 26th birthday he couldn’t wait any longer. The stock market had been booming for years and Wally feared missed out on the riches that everyone seemed to be talking about.

So on August 2, 1956, Wally invested $10,000 into the market. This was, of course, the day the stock market topped. It would proceed to decline 21% before bottoming in October 1957, and while Wally wished he could sell everything at that point, the rules of the trust prevented him from doing anything.

And so he forgot about investing for a while, until another raging bull market took hold, and he couldn’t resist any longer. On December 12, 1961 Wally invested another $10,000 at, you guessed it, another market top.

Over the next 60 years, he would repeat this pattern over and over again, only adding new investments at bull market tops: $10,000 in February 1966, December 1968, January 1973, November 1980, August 1987, July 1990, July 1998, March 2000, October 2007, September 2018, and lastly in February 2020. His $130,000 was now fully invested in the S&P 500…

…In August 2021, Wally turned 91, and he was finally able to view his investment account balance and sell his shares if he so chose. While curious to see what was now in the account, he decided to hold off until New Year’s Eve, hosting a small gathering of friends and family that would include his now-famous twin brother.

At the New Year’s Eve party, all eyes were on Wally as he opened the envelope containing the latest statement for his investments. When he saw the number, his jaw dropped. He thought there must have been a mistake. Wally, the worst market timer in history, had amassed a fortune of $18.6 million. This was a 143x increase from the initial $130,000 and a 10.5% dollar-weighted annualized return.

But there was no mistake, the numbers were real. Wally was just the living embodiment of the old adage that time in the market is vastly more important than timing the market. By diversifying, reinvesting dividends, and never selling, Wally had reaped the enormous rewards of long-term compounding.

4. Why AI is not a Moat – Shomik Ghosh

Here I want to address why AI is not a moat for startups. But also, when it can be.

At its core to do AI/ML/any predictive modeling, you first need data. And this is where the plot thickens. For any startup, you are starting with 0 users, 0 data, 0 revenue. Your goal is to get all of those to grow quickly by delivering a product that users want and solve clear pain points. When AI is pitched in your product as the core differentiation, herein lies the problem.

You are pitching the main reason that your product should exist as a byproduct of having lots of data. That data in turn needs to be ingested, cleaned and then put into a model which then needs to be trained, tuned, and deployed. Meanwhile, while building all of that, you also need to get the fundamental input to your product that drives all of this….data.

That’s the dilemma. The core product differentiation is AI which rests on having enough data to deliver outcomes to end users, however there are no end users currently. Even if you train models on publicly available data, that data likely does not mimic the end user pain points which leads to false positives and a poor end user experience.

A startup must first and always focus on what pain point is being solved. So if you are trying to build a better code generation product, that’s great. But it needs to be fairly tightly scoped so that the cost and availability of the data needed to deliver a great experience is as small as possible. This could mean focusing on one language, one area of software engineering, or even one specific type of engineer. But if you are going to pitch AI as a core product in and of itself, focus on scoping it down as narrowly as possible otherwise it’s going to be hard to create a sustainable business.

When can AI be a moat?

The answer is in larger companies! They already have mounds of data flowing in through the system because they solved a clear pain point for the user, have years of data on how the product is being used, and then can train models to better implement the product solutions for end users. Security is a great example of this. Cloudflare can utilize AI/ML for DDOS protection because they see so many attacks across different regions and methods. Crowdstrike and SentinelOne can do the same as they aggregate huge amounts of endpoint data showing different attacks on all sorts of laptops, phones, etc. However, and this is key, Crowdstrike can not offer better DDOS protection than Cloudflare because they don’t see the same volume of data in that area and vice versa for Cloudflare with endpoint protection. So AI can indeed be a moat but is restricted to more “vertical type” product areas.

5. Human genomics vs Clinical genomics – Eric Topol

We’re now well over 20 years since the first human genome was sequenced, but with few exceptions the massive amount of data that has been generated has not been transformed to routine patient care.

Over 30 million people have had their genome sequenced (exome or whole genome). The NIH All of Us research program released 100,000 whole genome sequences in March. (Disclosure: I am an investigator in the All of Us Research Program and an advisor to Illumina). The emphasis here is on research programs, since there has been very little use of whole genome sequencing in clinical practice…

…Like many of you, I’ve had a whole genome sequence and found it to be of limited value. Why? Because the data assessed is not provided in a highly informative, user-friendly way. I want to see my major categories of meaningful data on my phone, which includes pharmacogenetics, polygenic risk scores, rare pathogenic variants, and carrier states. If I get a new prescription, I’d be able to quickly and simply review the data, share it with a pharmacist, to decide about my gene-drug potential interactions. These categories could easily be expanded. For example, we know a great deal about cancer predisposition genes from whole genome sequencing, but such data is not available. It sits in top-tier research publications.

That exemplifies the problem. For decades, the genomics research community has been in high gear productivity, extensively publishing data about medical conditions. But so little has reached clinical practice outside of a few exceptions like rapid neonatal sequencing or adults with serious, undiagnosed conditions, or in specific use cases in cancer. Even those are only performed by a limited number of health systems…

…At least at this point, the “genome revolution” as proclaimed frequently and in the Nature cover (at top of this post), really seems to be confined to the research domain. The bottleneck in getting this into mainstream medicine used to be considered cost, but that excuse is likely to become untenable with many routine lab tests and scans at higher cost and potentially less informative. There is the problem of paternalism—the research community is afraid of “letting go” —believing the public is incapable of dealing with genomic data, such as variants of uncertain significance and the issues of probabilistic vs deterministic meaning of variants. Beyond these issues, the medical community has little grounding in human genomics. There are very few medical geneticists and genetic counselors relative to the population, about 1,500 and 6,000, respectively, for >330 million Americans. Education for all clinicians is vital but there has been no commitment or successful initiative at scale. This is unlike the National Health Service in the United Kingdom, the country leading the world in genomics, which has a major division known as Health Education England, that is responsible for educating clinicians about genomics.

During the pandemic we saw the power of pathogen genomic sequencing to detect major SARS-CoV-2 variants and track the virus spatiotemporally through the world, no less to do so in specific outbreaks. The relationship between the variants and specific treatments with efficacy (or lack thereof) for potentially lifesaving monoclonal antibodies was firmly established. Perhaps this will help facilitate the acceptance of medical genomics in the future.

The miscue that our genome sequence is our “operating instructions” must also be addressed, fully acknowledging that DNA sequence represents just 1-layer depicting human uniqueness, and does not by itself reveal the depth of information derived from all the other layers that include the transcriptome, proteome, epigenome, microbiome, immunome, physiome, anatome, and exposome (environment). Many of these layers are cell and tissue-specific (transcriptome, epigenome) or site-specific (microbiome), further emphasizing the complexity.

6. Mitch Lasky – The Business of Gaming – Patrick O’Shaughnessy and Mitch Lasky

[00:08:02] Patrick: What does make a game fun? If you had to extract out the dimensions of fun in games as you’ve thought about it, what are they?

[00:08:07] Mitch: I’ll share one of them with you because I don’t want to give away all my trade secrets. One of the things that I concentrate on that I think is overlooked quite a bit is what you do the most frequently in the game. So for example, what do you do in the game Doom, game that almost everybody of our age has played. They’ll say it’s a shooter. You run around and you shoot things. Yeah, you shoot things, but primarily what you do is you move in a three dimensional environment through a maze, basically. You’re moving through the maze and looking around. Then, you’re occasionally shooting things. You’re occasionally finding keys, opening doors, finishing levels, and then progressing. For me, focusing on that high frequency activity, what is the thing in the game that you do the most frequently and is that pleasurable?

Because a lot of times I will have teams come in and pitch me and they’ll say, “I want to make a game about World War I.” And I’m like, “Okay, so what do you do in the game?” And they’re like, “Well, it’s World War I. You’re in the trenches and then you’re fighting,” and really try and drill down and say, “Okay, what’s the first five minute experience? What am I doing constantly in the game that’s creating that feedback loop of pleasure?” That is a really key component of it because I think that most of the products I see that fail have a mismatch between the constancy of the activity and the pleasure of that activity…

[00:19:57] Patrick: From having been such an intimate part, an early investor in Riot, the business, over time. What do you think Riot can most teach non-gaming businesses about business in general?

[00:20:08] Mitch: One of the key insights that Riot made early on was super service of their community. They got into their community early. The founders were present in the online communities. They did a lot of work listening to their consumers. And again, I don’t think there’s anything particularly novel about this. They really listened to what their consumers were telling them about their product, what their users were telling them, and they designed specifically to those requirements. I saw that as well with Discord, a company that I was lucky enough to invest in when it wasn’t even Discord, and to help pivot to the platform that it is today, with all the success that it’s had.

But very early on, we were on Reddit. The founders were in there and they were having a dialogue with their audience. What is it that’s going to make this more interesting to you? What is it that you don’t like about it? And all businesses can benefit from that. Again, I don’t think it’s particularly insightful, but it was a key element and it required a lot of investment by the founding team to really get in there and hear both the good things and the bad things about their product.

[00:21:10] Patrick: You said early on that we’ve moved from the original publisher model to the more platform based model, but also from the shiny disc to the instant download and the much lower cost of goods for delivering games. With that in mind, talk about the way that monetization has changed over that time, both in terms of dollars and in terms of margin. Because one of the things you said to me early on is, “Do you imagine everyone’s buying the same $60 disc? The person that loves that game the absolute most is paying the same as someone that tries it for five minutes and quits.” That’s very different than the modern free to play world where you can have a much bigger demand curve if you will. And you monetize users at very different levels and very different business models. So maybe talk us through that evolution of how much people pay, how they pay and the margins that result from that in the gaming business.

[00:21:57] Mitch: This is, in my opinion, the key insight for understanding the modern games business, this change from an inelastic pricing model to an elastic pricing model. I’m a big soccer nut, and I’m going to, every year go to Target or Best Buy or whatever, and buy a copy of FIFA from Electronic Arts. And I’m going to put it in my PlayStation 5 or my Xbox, and I’m going to play it for a zillion hours. In the meantime, this has changed a little bit recently because Electronic Arts and some of the other console publishers have gotten hip to the idea of downloadable content and ways to monetize people like me outside of that initial purchase. But historically, that was it. You got my 60 bucks and that was all you were going to get from me. Meanwhile, my friend down the street goes to the same store, buys the same disc for $60, plays it for 10 hours, sticks it in a sock drawer and they’re done. Yet, essentially, Electronic Arts has basically treated us as if we were identical users. And I think starting in 2005 with some early games out of Nexon, KartRider out of Korea, a game that people inside the games industry recognize as being one of the most influential products of all time, but people outside the industry haven’t really paid that much attention to it, or don’t even really know about it. It was basically a Mario Kart like cartoony racing game, where the company gave the entire game away for free. It’s not like shareware, where you get three levels and then you have to unlock to continue to play it. It wasn’t crippleware.

It wasn’t any of these earlier paradigms. It was the whole enchilada. You got the entire game for free. And the way they monetized was they would sell you cosmetic items and other things to enhance your experience, to give you status within the world, other things like that. And it was a massive success and it proved to the industry that you could use this giving the game away for free, which is one of the great marketing advantages of all time, when you can basically say to your consumer, “Hey, you don’t have to pay me and you can have every good part about this product,” and push the monetization downstream to a point where you’ve already hooked these people into the experience. And then, you can monetize them in an elastic manner. So the 10 hour person that we talked about earlier is going to pay you potentially or not pay you as the case may be. But me, the thousand hour person is going to pay you insane amounts of money and thus the rise of the modern whale. If you want to talk later about what’s happening in the advertising business and the customer acquisition business right now with Apple and Facebook wars that are going on because it’s having a devastating effect on that part of the video game business. That is a hugely important maneuver in the video game business.

And again, it’s something that, when Riot games pitched us at Benchmark, initially the concept of doing a game for the core… League of Legends is not a casual product. League of Legends is a hardcore product. The concept of using the KartRider monetization method, which is give the whole game away for free and then virtual goods, virtual items to cosmetic items to new characters, et cetera, downstream was really radical. There was a very strong sense at the time that, okay, yeah, it’s going to work in casual, but it’s never going to work in the core. The core is just going to abhor the concept of not getting everything and not paying up front, et cetera. And of course, they were completely wrong, and League of Legends went on to generate $1 billion a year in revenue for a decade, one of the most successful video games, if not the most successful video game in history…

[00:37:03] Patrick: If you think about the step beyond mobile, do you think there is one. Everyone’s been talking about AR and VR for a very long time. There have been some examples, but VR doesn’t seem to have a game that’s completely taken off yet. There doesn’t seem to be real evidence that mobile is on its way out. What do you think happens beyond mobile or is the current lineup of console, PC, mobile, and its relative market share, probably a pretty mature and long lasting thing?

[00:37:29] Mitch: I was an early VR curmudgeon. I was cautioning the industry famously back at Casual Connect right around the time of what is now Meta, then Facebook’s purchase of Oculus, that it will take a long time for VR to become a mass market phenomenon. I was an early mobile pioneer. I started a mobile games company in 2000. This is seven, eight years before the iPhone and 10 years before broad access to in-app purchase, which was really the catalyst for the mobile games business in a lot of ways. I’m a guy who’s gotten out there and taken arrows on the frontier before. I was very cautious because I believe that the experience of VR, while visceral and primal in a lot of ways, you put on the headset, you’re in the Jurassic World or wherever you are, there’s something incredibly visceral about that. And I don’t discount the power of the experience, but man, there are a lot of drawbacks to it like you’re shielded from the rest of the world. You’re in your own little environment. You’re wearing these hot and heavy glasses on your head. The computational power of them is still pretty primitive. The graphical quality of them is still pretty primitive.

I hate to say I was right, but boy was I right? They dumped 10 billion into this. They just announced a couple months ago they sold what 14, 15 million units of the Oculus. Some of these games are touting the fact that they have a million monthly active users. It’s like, I’ve got games with a million concurrent users. It’s really stillborn in a lot of ways. And again, there have been success stories. Rec Room, very interesting product, right? Beat saber, I would argue is probably the mist of virtual reality in the sense that it’s selling one to one with the active user base. But when they’re talking about, oh, there’s 120 apps that have made a million dollars, well, you know what, at a $20 to $30 price point, that’s like 30,000 to 50,000 units. That’s failure. I’m not long VR in the short term. With that 10 billion investment, you see the results of it and it’s horizon, it’s a joke. It’s just not compelling as a user experience. They’re going to grind. They’ve obviously made a commitment to this and over time, maybe they’re going to get it right. And maybe the Oculus 3 or the Oculus 4 is going to take off. But I wouldn’t be, as an investor, lining up at the gates, getting ready to buy tickets on this ride…

...[00:42:26] Patrick: Both those games you mentioned are probably in that category of what you called forever games. Now those games have been around forever. My son, who’s eight, plays Minecraft all the time and I’m sure it was around before he was born. I’m really interested in what you’ve learned about the features of games that allow them to be forever games. Because if I think about the analogs you brought up earlier in the entertainment world, IP is amazing. You can keep milking the Star Wars or the Marvel or the whatever, but in some ways, it does feel like a bit of a depleting oil well. The marginal Marvel property is just not as good in the last several years. The marginal Star Wars one, in my opinion, the same thing. Whereas League of Legends seems pretty constant in terms of what it is as a thing and as popular as ever. So maybe this is the most valuable form of IP, because it doesn’t require this constant rolling new stuff out that’s drastically different. So what are those features that seems like if you could own any IP, it would be one of these forever games? What is common that allows for a game to be a forever game?

[00:43:24] Mitch: I have five attributes that I look for in these things. I’m not going to share them with you because I’m still an investor in this business and I like to not necessarily open the kimono completely. But I will share some things. So first of all, I think we have a somewhat distorted view of the longevity of games based on the games business. If you look back historically at very successful play patterns, they have incredibly long lifespans. You could have sat down with Leonardo DaVinci and played a credible game of chess. It hasn’t changed that much since the 14th century. You’d have to teach him a couple of rules, but basically it’s the same game. Backgammon is thousands of years old and it’s still played pretty much in the same manner that it was played thousands of years ago. Even more modern examples, whist, which we think of today as contract bridge, is 400 years old. Poker is probably 150 years old. You could have sat down with a frontier cowboy in 1850s Kansas and played poker pretty much the same way you play poker today.

Fun game play patterns are incredibly durable. The nature of consumption in the video game business has perverted our understanding of that. It’s made us think that there’s got to be massive turnover and innovation constantly. If you strip away the companies and the IP, and you really look at the play patterns, things like first person shooters, adventure games, massively multiplayer online role playing games, MMOs go back to the DikuMUDs that were invented in Copenhagen back in the early ’90s. And frankly, they haven’t changed that much. We’re still using that same design pattern to create modern MMOs. So I think it starts with that, an incredibly durable, replayable design pattern. Community is an aspect of it. And the games that have survived the longest have the most vibrant and thriving communities built around them. There are definitely things you can look for when you’re looking for a design that could be one of those forever games.

7. What Makes Your Brain Different From a Neanderthal’s? – Carl Zimmer

Scientists have discovered a glitch in our DNA that may have helped set the minds of our ancestors apart from those of Neanderthals and other extinct relatives.

The mutation, which arose in the past few hundred thousand years, spurs the development of more neurons in the part of the brain that we use for our most complex forms of thought, according to a new study published in Science on Thursday.

“What we found is one gene that certainly contributes to making us human,” said Wieland Huttner, a neuroscientist at the Max Planck Institute of Molecular Cell Biology and Genetics in Dresden, Germany, and one of the authors of the study.

The human brain allows us to do things that other living species cannot, such as using full-blown language and making complicated plans for the future. For decades, scientists have been comparing the anatomy of our brain to that of other mammals to understand how those sophisticated faculties evolved.

The most obvious feature of the human brain is its size — four times as large as that of chimpanzees, our closest living relatives.

Our brain also has distinctive anatomical features. The region of the cortex just behind our eyes, known as the frontal lobe, is essential for some of our most complex thoughts. According to a study from 2018, the human frontal lobe has far more neurons than the same region in chimpanzees does…

…In recent years, neuroscientists have begun investigating ancient brains with a new source of information: bits of DNA preserved inside hominin fossils. Geneticists have reconstructed entire genomes of Neanderthals as well as their eastern cousins, the Denisovans.

Scientists have zeroed in on potentially crucial differences between our genome and the genomes of Neanderthals and Denisovans. Human DNA contains about 19,000 genes. The proteins encoded by those genes are mostly identical to those of Neanderthals and Denisovans. But researchers have found 96 human-specific mutations that changed the structure of a protein.

In 2017, Anneline Pinson, a researcher in Dr. Huttner’s lab, was looking over that list of mutations and noticed one that altered a gene called TKTL1. Scientists have known that TKTL1 becomes active in the developing human cortex, especially in the frontal lobe.

“We know that the frontal lobe is important for cognitive functions,” Dr. Pinson said. “So that was a good hint that it could be an interesting candidate.”

Dr. Pinson and her colleagues did initial experiments with TKTL1 in mice and ferrets. After injecting the human version of the gene into the developing brains of the animals, they found that it caused both the mice and ferrets to make more neurons.

Next, the researchers carried out experiments on human cells, using bits of fetal brain tissue obtained through the consent of women who had abortions at a Dresden hospital. Dr. Pinson used molecular scissors to snip out the TKTL1 gene from the cells in the tissue samples. Without it, the human brain tissue produced fewer so-called progenitor cells that give rise to neurons.

For their final experiment, the researchers set out to create a miniature Neanderthal-like brain. They started with a human embryonic stem cell, editing its TKTL1 gene so that it no longer had the human mutation. It instead carried the mutation found in our relatives, including Neanderthals, chimpanzees and other mammals.

They then put the stem cell in a bath of chemicals that coaxed it to turn into a clump of developing brain tissue, called a brain organoid. It generated progenitor brain cells, which then produced a miniature cortex made of layers of neurons.

The Neanderthal-like brain organoid made fewer neurons than did organoids with the human version of TKTL1. That suggests that when the TKTL1 gene mutated, our ancestors could produce extra neurons in the frontal lobe. While this change did not increase the overall size of our brain, it might have reorganized its wiring.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Alphabet (parent of Google), Meta Platforms (parent of Facebook), and Microsoft. Holdings are subject to change at any time.

What We’re Reading (Week Ending 11 September 2022)

The best articles we’ve read in recent times on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

We’ve constantly been sharing a list of our recent reads in our weekly emails for The Good Investors.

Do subscribe for our weekly updates through the orange box in the blog (it’s on the side if you’re using a computer, and all the way at the bottom if you’re using mobile) – it’s free!

But since our readership-audience for The Good Investors is wider than our subscriber base, we think sharing the reading list regularly on the blog itself can benefit even more people. The articles we share touch on a wide range of topics, including investing, business, and the world in general.

Here are the articles for the week ending 11 September 2022:

1. The Stock Market’s Real Inflation Fighters Might Surprise You – Jason Zweig

We need to realize, though, that when we look back at the past, we don’t recapture it; we reconstitute it. We turn it into something it never was: clear from the start.

The stagflation of the past, so obvious to us now, was ambiguous then.

The rate of inflation fell sharply in 1971-72 and again in 1975-76 before going bonkers in 1979. Economic growth was flat in 1970; it went negative in 1974 and 1975 and again in 1980 and 1982, but exceeded 4% in five years of the 1970s.

The term “stagflation” didn’t even appear in The Wall Street Journal until April 1973 (although it was evidently coined by a British politician in 1965).

Like a funhouse mirror, hindsight distorts other facts.

Knowing today that the price of oil exploded over that period—crude went from under $3 a barrel to more than $39 between 1966 and 1980—you might expect that the energy industry dominated the list of the best-performing stocks of the time.

Nope.

Sure, a few, such as Texas Oil & Gas Corp., Southland Royalty Co. and Gearhart Industries Inc., were among the top performers.

The single-best performing stock between early 1966 and late 1982, however, was Tandy Corp. (later known as RadioShack Corp.). According to the Center for Research in Security Prices, Tandy returned 14,175% over that period.

The second-biggest winner? O’Sullivan Corp., a plastics manufacturer that also made rubber shoe heels, returned 4,820%.

Not far behind were media and entertainment giant Harcourt General Inc., up 3,196%; theater, tobacco and insurance conglomerate Loews Corp., up 3,190%; and retailer House of Fabrics Inc., up 2,916%.

Among those biggest winners, only Loews is still publicly traded, although a few stocks lower on the list of top performers, including CVS Health Corp. (up 2,005%) and Altria Group Inc. (up 1,738%), still exist.

CVS, however, wasn’t a huge drugstore chain then. It was part of Melville Corp.—the second discount footwear and apparel retailer, along with Scoa Industries, near the top of the list.

Say what?

Most of the companies that turned out to be the “superstocks” of this stagflationary period don’t seem to have had the ability to foist rising costs onto their customers without losing business.

That’s what professional investors call pricing power—and conventional wisdom says it’s what companies must have to prosper amid stagflation.

Certainly Altria Group, then Philip Morris Inc., had pricing power: Smokers generally don’t resist paying more over time for something they’re addicted to.

Also, products like tobacco and movies offer consolation in tough times. Alcohol and sugar companies did well, too.

Many other stars of that stagflationary time tell a different story, though.

Tandy’s TRS-80 desktop microcomputer was one of the first personal computers to hit the market. In a Wall Street Journal advertisement for the TRS-80 in 1978, Tandy emphasized its “affordability” at $599; by 1980, a far more powerful version cost just $699.

Between 1976 and 1982, Tandy’s earnings roughly quadrupled—not because it had pricing power, but because its business boomed in a stagnant economy.

Meanwhile, House of Fabrics, which sold sewing machines, textiles, “notions” and other cheap tchotchkes, also had little pricing power—but raked in cash anyway as consumers, reluctant to buy new clothes at ever-climbing prices, took to mending old ones at home.

2. YWR: 7 things I learned in Zimbabwe – Erik Renander

When I left HSBC in 2013 to join some friends investing in Africa, I didn’t know where in the continent I should expect to be focused, but probably something like Kenya. Instead, our firm had an office in Zimbabwe and was deeply engaged in the local market both in public and private equities. So my life took a turn and I went from living in San Francisco to spending a considerable amount of time at B&B’s in Harare. It turns out Harare is actually a really nice place. The people are pleasant and friendly, and it has the world’s best weather. 65-85 degrees all the time.

The Guinea Fowl’s Rest was my favorite B&B and run by a couple who had lost their dairy farm during the 1980’s farm invasions. This had forced them to move to the city and ‘make a plan’ as they say, which was to get into the hotel business. The routine on these trips was that after my day’s meetings I would return to the Guinea Fowl and enjoy a can of Castle Lager with the husband and talk about the history of Zimbabwe. We covered the big events from the 1980’s to the first hyperinflation in 2000 and then eventually the beginning of the second hyperinflation in 2016. The other fun thing was that at dinner we would all eat together at a big table with the other guests, so it was like the Zimbabwe version of the Joe Rogan show with lots of unexpected people and experiences.

The main story is that economically speaking Zimbabwe used to be well run with some of Africa’s best farms. They used to call it the bread basket of Africa. Harare used to be called Salisbury and was planned with wide roads, large parks and golf courses throughout the city. It’s quite unique in that way and why I always think Harare has amazing real estate potential.

Nowadays many of the farms are abandoned. It’s weird to mountain bike around and see rusty irrigation pivots which haven’t moved in 40 years. Zimbabwe has gone from the bread basket to importing most of its food from South Africa and Zambia. The power supply is barely functioning and generators run for hours a day. The buildings look like you have gone back in a time machine to the 1980’s.

Depending on the state of the hyperinflations sometimes you can get a wide variety of food items in the supermarkets, sometimes you can’t. There are also persistent problems in getting your money out of the country because the central bank tries to manage the currency at unrealistic levels. If you need dollars you go to the guys on the street. There are also the sanctions. The UK government is only sanctioning three insignificant entities, but try telling that to a western bank. All they know is Zimbabwe = Sanctions and they don’t care about the fine print. Which is a shame for 15 million people in the country. In summary, it’s been a disaster…

The market can go up a surprising amount even though things are ‘bad’. In fact the worse things are the more the market rises. ‘Bad’ = ‘Bull Market’. Yes, there can be abrupt shake outs, but that is part of the bull market. I also draw your attention to the 50% sell off from 2014 to 2015. That was when I was there. Things were definitely deteriorating and sliding from a period of calm into the hyperinflation. As you can see there was a 50% market decline before the 87x gain. Maybe with the current situation in the world we get a 2014-2015 type situation in global markets, followed by a Zimbabwe style bull market. Then again it’s hard to call. If your time frame is long enough maybe you just sit tight…

Even though the pie is shrinking the big can get bigger. When the economy is going into a recession it’s easy to think it will be bad for everyone, but what I noticed is for the well run companies this can actually be the best of times. I’ve watched smart CEO’s acquire all their struggling competitors during the downturns and actually post great earnings growth even as the economy is crashing. The economic pie is shrinking but they keep eating a bigger and bigger slice. It’s almost as if the bad times are good for them. Again, ‘bad economy’ can paradoxically equal good returns.

As inflation kicks in earnings grow tremendously. This is kind of obvious but worth remembering. Inflation increases the prices of everything in nominal terms, so stated company earnings explode. Economists always talk about ‘real’ earnings but stock market prices are based on nominal earnings. It’s something to remember with 8% inflation in the U.S. Corporate earnings might surprise quite positively this year. Below is the Commercial Bank of Zimbabwe’s 4 year earnings trend from when they earned 5 ZWL/share in 2017 when the FX rate was 1 ZWL/$ to 1,184/per share when it is 220 ZWL/$.

Successful entrepreneurs carefully leverage their assets. There is a key realisation which happens when you are in a hyper-inflationary environment. You realise the real way to preserve value is to leverage your business or real estate and that you aren’t really making money from the house price going up, but rather from the value of the loan going down. It seems like you are buying an asset, but really you are shorting the currency. The balancing act is to make sure you aren’t over leveraged, and have stable cash flows so you can stay in the game. The smart entrepreneurs would obsess about the cash flows of the businesses they were buying because as soon as they were done buying the business they would go to the bank to borrow more money.

3. The quantum computing bubble – Nikita Gourianov

Quantum computing is often portrayed as an up-and-coming technology whose eventual impact will only be rivalled by artificial intelligence. According to the quantum evangelists, it is only a matter of time before a fully-functional quantum computer will appear and do everything from revolutionising drug development to cracking internet encryption schemes.

Billions of dollars have poured into the field in recent years, culminating with the public market debuts of prominent quantum computing companies like IonQ, Rigetti and D-Wave through 2021’s favourite frothy market phenomenon, special purpose acquisition vehicles (Spacs)…

…The reality is that none of these companies — or any other quantum computing firm, for that matter — are actually earning any real money. The little revenue they generate mostly comes from consulting missions aimed at teaching other companies about “how quantum computers will help their business”, as opposed to genuinely harnessing any advantages that quantum computers have over classical computers.

The simple reason for this is that despite years of effort nobody has yet come close to building a quantum machine that is actually capable of solving practical problems. The current devices are so error-prone that any information one tries to process with them will almost instantly degenerate into noise. The problem only grows worse if the computer is scaled up (ie, the number of “qubits” increased).

A convincing strategy for overcoming these errors has not yet been demonstrated, making it unclear as to when — if ever — it will become possible to build a large-scale, fault-tolerant quantum computer. Yet according to the evangelists, we are apparently in the middle of a Quantum Moore’s Law (aka “Rose’s Law”, after D-Wave founder Geordie Rose) analogous to the microchip revolution of the 1970s — 2010s.

Another fundamental issue is that it is unclear what commercially-useful problems can even be solved with quantum computers — if any.

The most prominent application by far is the Shor algorithm for factorising large numbers into their constituent primes, which is exponentially faster than any known corresponding scheme running on a classical computer. Since most cryptography currently used to protect our internet traffic are based on the assumed hardness of the prime factorisation problem, the sudden appearance of an actually functional quantum computer capable of running Shor’s algorithm would indeed pose a major security risk.

Shor’s algorithm has been a godsend to the quantum industry, leading to untold amounts of funding from government security agencies all over the world. However, the commonly forgotten caveat here is that there are many alternative cryptographic schemes that are not vulnerable to quantum computers. It would be far from impossible to simply replace these vulnerable schemes with so-called “quantum-secure” ones.

And the uncertain practical viability of Shor’s algorithm is only the tip of the iceberg. There has been much controversy regarding where and when quantum computing can actually offer any practical advantage. The latest research points out that there is no evidence that even quantum chemistry calculations can be significantly sped up with quantum computers. That is bad news for the much-touted idea of quantum computers being useful for drug design.

4. The Long Tail: The Internet and the Business of Niche – Rex Woodbury

The concept of the long tail was popularized by Chris Anderson in an October 2004 article in WIRED. Anderson’s opening lines read like a prophecy of YouTube, which would be founded the following year:

“Forget squeezing millions from a few megahits at the top of the charts. The future of entertainment is in the millions of niche markets at the shallow end of the bitstream.”

I’ve written in the past about another quote in WIRED, one that didn’t age quite so well. In 2005, the media mogul Barry Diller declared:

“There is not that much talent in the world. There are very few people in very few closets in very few rooms that are really talented and can’t get out. People with talent and expertise at making entertainment products are not going to be displaced by 1,800 people coming up with their videos that they think are going to have an appeal.”

Yikes. It turned out that there was a lot of talent in the world—many people in many closets in many rooms. The same year that Barry Diller uttered those words, YouTube was born in a small room above a pizzeria in San Mateo. On April 23, 2005, the first YouTube video was posted. The video is titled “Me at the zoo” and features YouTube cofounder Jawed Karim…at the zoo. In the 18-second clip, he talks about elephants and their trunks 🐘

The concept of the long tail remains one of the best investing frameworks for internet companies. Many of the most successful technology companies in history have been built on the long tail. Google and Facebook turn to small businesses for the lion’s share of their advertising revenue. Ebay grew by tapping into a variety of niche interests and markets. Some of our most successful investments at Index have harnessed the power of niche: Etsy showed that a lot of people are interested in buying (and making) artisanal products; GOAT showed that sneakers are a deceptively large market; Discord has 19 million (!) weekly active servers.

One of the powers of the long tail is its ability to expand selection. Amazon might be the best example. As Anderson put it in 2004:

What’s really amazing about the Long Tail is the sheer size of it. Combine enough non-hits on the Long Tail and you’ve got a market bigger than the hits. Take books: The average Barnes & Noble carries 130,000 titles. Yet more than half of Amazon’s book sales come from outside its top 130,000 titles

…The two major categories for the long tail framework are content and commerce.

Let’s start with content. TikTok is the best modern extension of this framework. Building on the concept of recommendations, TikTok’s For You Page is entirely algorithmically-generated, tailor-made to the user’s tastes and preferences. And TikTok’s built-in creation tools make producing content easier, enabling the long tail to be even longer than it is on YouTube.

TikTok relies heavily on remix culture, allowing people to build on each other’s sounds and trends; this removes the friction to create that exists even with robust creation tools (“What video should I make?”) and leads to a stunning amount of creativity..

…As creation gets even easier, the long tail will continue to lengthen. Innovations like Midjourney, DALL-E, and StableDiffusion—which provide text to image AI generation—may unlock new levels of creativity and expression. This will shift content even more away from the handful of big-budget hits, and more to the long tail of creators.

5. The Transcript Q2 2022 Letter – The Transcript

Despite concerns of a recession, we’ve cataloged more positive macroeconomic commentary than negative commentary in recent weeks. Still, we’ve recently been noticing that there is a negative divergence between macroeconomic and microeconomic commentary. Many companies are seeing signs that could indicate that we are in the early stages of deceleration. These signs include bloated retail inventories, lower-income consumers trading down, falling used car prices, the pace of hiring slowing down, and weak consumer electronics sales, to name but a few.

“So as used car prices are moderating there, we’re sort of — we’re buying and as the prices are falling. So we’re having to sell at a — the spread that we’ve established isn’t as wide as we would have expected.” – IAA CEO John Kett (22nd Aug: Under Pressure)

“We are observing some trade-down behavior within various classes at home..It’s not that specific types of goods are getting traded down, other types of goods aren’t. It’s more a little bit across the board” – Wayfair CEO Niraj Shah (8th Aug: Optimism Prevails)

“At the end of Q2, Walmart U.S. inventory growth was 26% versus last year, reflecting over 750 basis points of improvement from Q1 levels — We have cleared most summer seasonal inventory, but we are still focused on reducing exposure to other areas such as electronics, home, and sporting goods.” – Walmart CFO John Rainey (22nd Aug: Under Pressure)

…Internationally, global economies seem to be fighting the same forces as the US economy. In many countries, the trouble appears even more severe than in the US. In Europe, energy prices are weighing heavily on economic activity. There appears to be particular concern about the way that high energy prices will impact the European economy as we approach winter.

“Turning to gas prices — The outlook for global gas prices is heavily dependent on Russian pipeline flows. We expect prices to remain elevated and volatile during the third quarter, due to a lack of supply to Europe.” – BP CFO Murray Auchincloss (8th Aug: Optimism Prevails)

“One of the areas that I’m keeping a close eye on is Europe. We’re seeing a lot of challenges in Europe, seeing energy prices, for example, are really, really high over in Europe. We’re coming into the winter session. So you could see potentially less graphic related to people cutting subscriptions or doing things like that, less shopping online” – Akamai CFO Edward McGowan (16th Aug: Cost Pressures Falling)

…Credit quality still remains strong overall at US banks. There aren’t any signs of deterioration despite economic pressure. There are some pockets where credit card delinquency rates are up slightly but still at historical lows:

“While delinquency rates have increased slightly, they remain near historical lows. We expect credit cards to be less negatively impacted by a mild recession than personal loans. In the mild recession of ‘01-02, credit card originations declined only a few points. And for context, credit cards represent nearly half of credit card revenue in fiscal year 2022.” – Intuit CEO Sasan Goodarzi (29th Aug: Until the Job is Done)

…In general consumer spending has remained strong but is facing a myriad of challenges. The consumers are now under pressure and there are some signs that low-income consumers are feeling especially squeezed by the environment. 

“The consumer, which is the backbone of the U.S. economy, well, he may still be spending but this confidence is the lowest point it’s been in decades and it’s even worse in Europe. So there’s no question that the consumer will stop spending the way he has spent in my mind…he’s facing dwindling savings rates because he’s spending his money on gas, food, rents and housing prices, and interest expense. I don’t see the offset” – Starwood Property Trust CEO Barry Sternlicht (8th Aug: Optimism Prevails)

The big question going forward is whether this pressure will extend to higher-income consumers. We have recently seen comments from Walmart and Dollar General indicating that they are seeing households making $100,000 per year trading down. If higher-income consumer spending is starting to weaken then it would likely be a factor pointing towards recession.

“We believe we’ll be able to capitalize on that trade-down that we’re already seeing. And that trade-down is coming from income levels that are upwards of $100,000 which we really are encouraged in seeing a younger consumer, a little bit more affluent, and again, very digitally and tech-savvy.” – Dollar General CEO Todd J. Vasos (29th Aug: Until the Job is Done)

…We’ve also seen signs that tech spending is under pressure. We’ve heard that consumers are spending less on PCs and smartphones, which is impacting semiconductor companies. 

“…we anticipated there would be inventory adjustments in PC and smartphones and then some isolated adjustments in some other areas like enterprise. And that happened, of course — But actually, in the quarter here that we’re in, the August quarter, it’s broadened and actually weakened more. We’re seeing inventory adjustments across most end markets. That includes the cloud” – Micron CFO Mark Murphy (16th Aug: Cost Pressures Falling)

Salesforce also indicated that IT spending has been more cautious recently, which would be another significant change in trend and a negative macro data point.

“…we started to see more measured buying behavior from our customers, which began in the last month of the quarter. This resulted in stretched sales cycles, additional deal approval layers, and deal compression.” – Salesforce CFO Amy Weaver (29th Aug: Until the Job is Done)..

…Oil companies are generating strong profits in the current environment and are very bullish on their long-term prospects. Executives say that oil supply and demand are out of balance: demand has rebounded but new supply is not coming online. Given the source, we take these forecasts with a grain of salt, but the facts do not sound inaccurate. If it is true that there is an upside to oil prices, it would be an unwelcome inflationary surprise.

“Global oil demand is now similar to pre-pandemic levels. And while there are growing concerns about potential demand impacts from a recessionary environment, supply factors may overwhelm those demand impacts. In previous cycles, high oil prices have led to significantly oversupplied markets. In the current situation, however, major sources of supply are below pre-pandemic levels and trending lower” – Pason Systems CEO Jon Faber President (22nd Aug: Under Pressure)

6. Good Enough – Morgan Housel

Small, brightly colored, and terrible at defense, the guppy faces an unusually high rate of predator attacks. Birds eat guppies. Small fish eat guppies. Big fish eat guppies. Crabs eat guppies. It’s everyone’s favorite lunch.

How does a species under so much threat avoid extinction?

In short, guppies get busy as soon as they’re born. They can reproduce at seven weeks old, and deliver new offspring every 30 days. By the time a six-month-old guppy is eaten by a bird it might be a great-great-grandmother. The family lives on.

But this evolutionary trick has a nasty flip side.

Knowing how much danger they’re in, guppies expend nearly all their energy on reproducing from the moment they’re born. They grow as fast as possible, then devote a huge portion of their resources to nourishing their young.

That leaves little energy left to care for themselves. Their bodies are thrown together slipshod, like cheap plastic toys, and few resources are available for cell repair and maintenance. By the age of a year or two old it’s a crusty senior citizen, crippled by disease and decline, soon to go belly up. That’s how it should be: No use investing in the future when you’re likely to be eaten anyway.

Now compare the guppy with the Greenland shark, whose life is nearly a mirror image.

The Greenland shark has no natural predator. It rules its habitat like a dictator.

With few threats, it takes its sweet time becoming an adult. It’s one of the slowest-growing creatures we’ve discovered, reaching sexual maturity at – and this isn’t a typo – 150 years old.

In the meantime it spends more than a century devoting its energy to building itself a perfect body. Slow and methodical, with all of its resources going to cell repair and maintenance, it becomes virtually immune to cancer and infectious disease. As best we can tell a Greenland shark can live for 500 years, maybe more.

The point is that nature is very good at assessing future risk and uncertainty and allocating resources accordingly…

…Everyone knows the economy is hard to predict, and the history of economic predictions is abysmal.

But leaving it at that is too simplistic.

I think we’re actually very good at predicting the future – except for the surprises, which tend to be all that matter.

In most years the biggest economic risk turns out to be something nobody could have seen coming at the beginning of that year. 9/11, or Covid, or Lehman Brothers’ failure to find a buyer, or Russia invading Ukraine – the biggest risk is always what you don’t and can’t see coming…

…Investing in your long-term future is of course great, because the odds that you’ll be around and everyone else will become more productive are pretty good.

But trying to predict the exact path we’ll take to get there can be such a waste of resources.

I describe my forecasting model as “good enough.”

I’m confident people will solve problems and become more productive over time.

I’m confident markets will allocate the rewards of that productivity to investors over time.

I’m confident in other people’s overconfidence, so I know there will be mistakes and accidents and booms and busts along the way.

It’s not detailed, but it’s good enough.

When you keep forecasting that simple, you free up time and bandwidth to invest elsewhere. I like studying the investing behaviors that never change, and I’d never have the time to do that if I spent my day predicting what the economy will do next quarter. For others it’s operating a business, or understanding an industry. Or something else entirely.

7. The Weakness of Xi Jinping – Cai Xia

I have long had a front-row seat to the CCP’s court intrigue. For 15 years, I was a professor in the Central Party School, where I helped train thousands of high-ranking CCP cadres who staff China’s bureaucracy. During my tenure at the school, I advised the CCP’s top leadership on building the party, and I continued to do so after retiring in 2012. In 2020, after I criticized Xi, I was expelled from the party, stripped of my retirement benefits, and warned that my safety was in danger. I now live in exile in the United States, but I stay in touch with many of my contacts in China…

…Another feature of the party system has remained constant: the importance of personal connections. When it comes to one’s rise within the party hierarchy, individual relationships, including one’s family reputation and Communist pedigree, matter as much as competence and ideology.

That was certainly the case with Xi’s career. Contrary to Chinese propaganda and the assessment of many Western analysts that he rose through his talent, the opposite is true. Xi benefited immensely from the connections of his father, Xi Zhongxun, a CCP leader with impeccable revolutionary credentials who served briefly as propaganda minister under Mao. When Xi Jinping was a county party chief in the northern province of Hebei in the early 1980s, his mother wrote a note to the province’s party chief asking him to take an interest in Xi’s advancement. But that official, Gao Yang, ended up disclosing the note’s content at a meeting of the province’s Politburo Standing Committee. The revelation was a great embarrassment to the family since it violated the CCP’s new campaign against seeking favors. (Xi would never forget the incident: in 2009, when Gao died, he pointedly declined to attend his funeral, a breach of custom given that both had served as president of the Central Party School.) Such a scandal would have ruined the average rising cadre’s career, but Xi’s connections came to the rescue: the father of Fujian’s party chief had been a close confidant of Xi’s father, and the families arranged a rare reassignment to that province.

Xi would continue to fail upward. In 1988, after losing his bid for deputy mayor in a local election, he was promoted to district party chief. Once there, however, Xi languished on account of his middling performance. In the CCP, moving from the district level to the provincial level is a major hurdle, and for years, he could not overcome it. But once again, family connections intervened. In 1992, after Xi’s mother wrote a plea to the new party leader in Fujian, Jia Qinglin, Xi was transferred to the provincial capital. At that point, his career took off…

…When Xi took the reins, many in the West hailed him as a Chinese Mikhail Gorbachev. Some imagined that, like the Soviet Union’s final leader, Xi would embrace radical reforms, releasing the state’s grip on the economy and democratizing the political system. That, of course, turned out to be a fantasy. Instead, Xi, a devoted student of Mao and just as eager to leave his mark on history, has worked to establish his absolute power. And because previous reforms failed to place real checks and balances on the party leader, he has succeeded. Now, as under Mao, China is a one-man show.

One part of Xi’s plot to consolidate power was to solve what he characterized as an ideological crisis. The Internet, he said, was an existential threat to the CCP, having caused the party to lose control of people’s minds. So Xi cracked down on bloggers and online activists, censored dissent, and strengthened China’s “great firewall” to restrict access to foreign websites. The effect was to strangle a nascent civil society and eliminate public opinion as a check on Xi.

Another step he took was to launch an anti­corruption campaign, framing it as a mission to save the party from self-destruction. Since corruption was endemic in China, with nearly every official a potential target, Xi was able to use the campaign as a political purge. Official data show that from December 2012 to June 2021, the CCP investigated 393 leading cadres above the provincial ministerial level, officials who are often being groomed for top positions, as well as 631,000 section-level cadres, foot soldiers who implement the CCP’s policies at the grassroots level. The purge has ensnared some of the most powerful officials whom Xi deemed threatening, including Zhou Yongkang, a former Standing Committee member and the head of China’s security apparatus, and Sun Zhengcai, a Politburo member whom many saw as a rival and potential successor to Xi.

Tellingly, those who helped Xi rise have been left untouched. Jia Qinglin, Fujian’s party chief in the 1990s and eventually a member of the Standing Committee, was instrumental in helping Xi climb the ranks of power. Although there is reason to believe that he and his family are exceedingly corrupt—the Panama Papers, the trove of leaked documents from a law firm, revealed that his granddaughter and son-in-law own several secret offshore companies—they have not been caught up in Xi’s anticorruption campaign.

Xi’s tactics are not subtle. As I learned from one party insider whom I cannot name for fear of getting him in trouble, around 2014, Xi’s men went to a high-ranking official who had openly criticized Xi and threatened him with a corruption investigation if he didn’t stop. (He shut up.) In pursuing their targets, Xi’s subordinates often pressure officials’ family members and assistants. Wang Min, the party chief of Liaoning Province, whom I knew well from our days as students at the Central Party School, was arrested in 2016 on the basis of statements from his chauffeur, who said that while in the car, Wang had complained to a fellow passenger about being passed over for promotion. Wang was sentenced to life in prison, with one of the charges being resistance to Xi’s leadership.

After ejecting his rivals from key positions, Xi installed his own people. Xi’s lineage within the party is known as the “New Zhijiang Army.” The group consists of his former subordinates during his time as governor of Fujian and Zhejiang Provinces and even university classmates and old friends going back to middle school. Since assuming power, Xi has quickly promoted his acolytes, often beyond their level of competence. His roommate from his days at Tsinghua University, Chen Xi, was named head of the CCP’s Organization Department, a position that comes with a seat on the Politburo and the power to decide who can move up the hierarchy. Yet Chen has no relevant qualifications: his five immediate predecessors had experience with local party affairs, whereas he spent nearly all his career at Tsinghua University.

Xi undid another major reform: “the separation of party and state,” an effort to reduce the degree to which ideologically driven party cadres interfered with technical and managerial decisions in government agencies. In an attempt to professionalize the bureaucracy, Deng and his successors tried, with varying degrees of success, to insulate the administration from CCP interference. Xi has backtracked, introducing some 40 ad hoc party commissions that end up directing governmental agencies. Unlike his predecessors, for example, he has his own team to handle issues regarding the South China Sea, bypassing the Foreign Ministry and the State Oceanic Administration.

The effect of these commissions has been to take significant power away from the head of China’s government, Premier Li Keqiang, and turn what was once a position of co-captain into a sidekick. The change can be seen in the way Li comports himself in public appearances. Whereas Li’s two immediate predecessors, Zhu Rongji and Wen Jiabao, stood side by side with Jiang and Hu, respectively, Li knows to keep his distance from Xi, as if to emphasize the power differential. Moreover, in the past, official communications and state media referred to the “Jiang-Zhu system” and the “Hu-Wen system,” but almost no one today speaks of a “Xi-Li system.” There has long been a push and pull between the party and the government in China—what insiders call the struggle between the “South Courtyard” and the “North Courtyard” of Zhongnanhai, the imperial compound that hosts the headquarters of both institutions. But by insisting that everyone look up to him as the highest authority, Xi has exacerbated tensions…

…In any political system, unchecked power is dangerous. Detached from reality and freed from the constraint of consensus, a leader can act rashly, implementing policies that are unwise, unpopular, or both. Not surprisingly, then, Xi’s know-it-all style of rule has led to a number of disastrous decisions. The common theme is an inability to grasp the practical effect of his directives.

Consider foreign policy. Breaking with Deng’s dictum that China “hide its strength and bide its time,” Xi has decided to directly challenge the United States and pursue a China-centric world order. That is why he has engaged in risky and aggressive behavior abroad, militarizing the South China Sea, threatening Taiwan, and encouraging his diplomats to engage in an abrasive style of foreign policy known as “Wolf Warrior” diplomacy. Xi has formed a de facto alliance with Russian President Vladimir Putin, further alienating China from the international community. His Belt and Road Initiative has generated growing resistance as countries tire of the associated debt and corruption.

Xi’s economic policies are similarly counterproductive. The introduction of market reforms was one of the CCP’s signature achievements, allowing hundreds of millions of Chinese to escape poverty. But when Xi came to power, he came to see the private sector as a threat to his rule and revived the planned economy of the Maoist era. He strengthened state-owned enterprises and established party organizations in the private sector that direct the way businesses are run. Under the guise of fighting corruption and enforcing antitrust law, he has plundered assets from private companies and entrepreneurs. Over the past few years, some of China’s most dynamic companies, including the Anbang Insurance Group and the conglomerate HNA Group, have effectively been forced to hand over control of their businesses to the state. Others, such as the conglomerate Tencent and the e-commerce giant Alibaba, have been brought to heel through a combination of new regulations, investigations, and fines. In 2020, Sun Dawu, the billionaire owner of an agricultural conglomerate who had publicly criticized Xi for his crackdown on human rights lawyers, was arrested on false charges and soon sentenced to 18 years in prison. His business was sold to a hastily formed state company in a sham auction for a fraction of its true value.

Predictably, China has seen its economic growth slow, and most analysts believe it will slow even more in the coming years. Although several factors are at play—including U.S. sanctions against Chinese tech companies, the war in Ukraine, and the COVID-19 pandemic—the fundamental problem is the CCP’s interference in the economy. The government constantly meddles in the private sector to achieve political goals, a proven poison for productivity. Many Chinese entrepreneurs live in fear that their businesses will be seized or that they themselves will be detained, hardly the kind of mindset inclined to innovation. In April, as China’s growth prospects worsened, Xi hosted a meeting of the Politburo to unveil his remedy for the country’s economic woes: a combination of tax rebates, fee reductions, infrastructure investment, and monetary easing. But since none of these proposals solve the underlying problem of excessive state intervention in the economy, they are doomed to fail.

Nowhere has Xi’s desire for control been more disastrous than in his reaction to COVID-19. When the disease first spread in the city of Wuhan in December 2019, Xi withheld information about it from the public in an attempt to preserve the image of a flourishing China. Local officials, meanwhile, were paralyzed. As Wuhan’s mayor, Zhou Xianwang, admitted the next month on state television, without approval from above, he had been unable to publicly disclose the outbreak. When eight brave health professionals blew the whistle about it, the government detained and silenced them. One of the eight later revealed that he had been forced to sign a false confession.

Xi’s tendency to micromanage also inhibited his response to the pandemic. Instead of leaving the details of policy to the government’s health team, Xi insisted that he himself coordinate China’s efforts. Later, Xi would boast that he “personally commanded, planned the response, oversaw the general situation, acted decisively, and pointed the way forward.” To the extent that this was true, it was not for the better. In fact, his interference led to confusion and inaction, with local health officials receiving mixed messages from Beijing and refusing to act. As I learned from a source on the State Council (China’s chief administrative authority), Premier Li Keqiang proposed activating an emergency-response protocol in early January 2020, but Xi refused to approve it for fear of spoiling the ongoing Chinese New Year celebrations.

When the Omicron variant of the virus surged in Shanghai in February 2022, Xi yet again chose a baffling way to respond. The details of the decision-making process were relayed to me by a contact who works at the State Council. In an online gathering of about 60 pandemic experts held shortly after the outbreak began, everyone agreed that if Shanghai simply followed the latest official guidelines, which relaxed the quarantine requirements, then life in the city could go on more or less as usual. Many of the city’s party and health officials were on board with this approach. But when Xi heard about it, he became furious. Refusing to listen to the experts, he insisted on enforcing his “zero COVID” policy. Shanghai’s tens of millions of residents were forbidden from going outside, even to get groceries or receive life-saving health care. Some died at the gates of hospitals; others leaped to their deaths from their apartment buildings.

Just like that, a modern, prosperous city was turned into the site of a humanitarian disaster, with people starving and babies separated from their parents. A leader more open to influence or subject to greater checks would not likely have implemented such a draconian policy, or at least would have corrected course once its costs and unpopularity became evident. But for Xi, backtracking would have been an unthinkable admission of error…

…Indignation at the elite level is replicating itself further down the bureaucracy. Early in Xi’s tenure, as he began to shuffle power, many in the bureaucracy grew disgruntled and disillusioned. But their resistance was passive, expressed through inaction. Local cadres took sick leave en masse or came up with excuses to stall Xi’s anticorruption initiatives. At the end of 2021, the CCP’s disciplinary commission announced that in the first ten months of that year, it had found 247,000 cases of “ineffective implementation of Xi Jinping’s and the Central Committee’s important instructions.” During the Shanghai lockdown, however, resistance became more overt. On social media, local officials openly criticized the zero-COVID policy. In April, members of the residents’ committee of Sanlin Town, a neighborhood in Shanghai, collectively resigned, complaining in an open letter that they had been sealed in their offices for 24 days with no access to their families.

Even more troubling for Xi, elite dissatisfaction is now spreading to the general public. In an authoritarian state, it is impossible to accurately measure public opinion, but Xi’s harsh COVID measures may well have lost him the affection of most Chinese. An early note of dissent came in February 2020, when the real estate tycoon Ren Zhiqiang called him a “clown” for bungling the response to the pandemic. (After a one-day trial, Ren was sentenced to 18 years in prison.) Chinese social media platforms are awash in videos in which ordinary people beg Xi to end his zero-COVID policy. In May, a group calling itself the “Shanghai Self-Saving Autonomous Committee” released a manifesto online titled, “Don’t be a slave—save yourself.” The document called on the city’s residents to fight the lockdown and form self-governing bodies to help one another. On social media, some Chinese have sarcastically proposed that the most effective plan for fighting the pandemic would be to convene the 20th National Congress as soon as possible to prevent Xi from staying in power.

Meanwhile, despite Xi’s claims of having vanquished poverty, most Chinese continue to struggle to make ends meet. As Li revealed in 2020, 600 million people in China—some 40 percent of its population—barely earned $140 a month. According to data obtained by the South China Morning Post, a Hong Kong newspaper, some 4.4 million small businesses closed between January and November 2021, more than three times the number of newly registered companies in the same period. Facing a financial crisis, local governments have been forced to slash government salaries—sometimes by as much as 50 percent, including pay for teachers. They will likely resort to finding new ways of plundering wealth from the private sector and ordinary citizens, in turn generating even more economic misery. After four decades of opening up, most Chinese don’t want to go back to the days of Mao. Within the CCP elite, many resent Xi’s disruption of the traditional power distribution and think his reckless policies are jeopardizing the future of the party. The result is that for the first time since the 1989 Tiananmen Square protests, China’s leader is facing not only internal dissent but also an intense popular backlash and a real risk of social unrest…

…Despite all this, the most likely outcome this fall is that Xi, having so rigged the process and intimidated his rivals, will get his third presidential term and, with it, the right to continue as head of the party and the military for another term. And just like that, the only meaningful political reform made since Deng’s rule will go up in smoke.

What then? Xi will no doubt see his victory as a mandate to do whatever he wants to achieve the party’s stated goal of rejuvenating China. His ambitions will rise to new heights. In a futile attempt to invigorate the economy without empowering the private sector, Xi will double down on his statist economic policies. To maintain his grip on power, he will continue to preemptively eliminate any potential rivals and tighten social control, making China look increasingly like North Korea. Xi might even try to stay in power well beyond a third term. An emboldened Xi may well accelerate his militarization of disputed areas of the South China Sea and try to forcibly take over Taiwan. As he continues China’s quest for dominance, he will further its isolation from the rest of the world.

But none of these moves would make discontent within the party magically disappear. The feat of gaining a third term would not mollify those within the CCP who resent his accumulation of power and reject his cult of personality, nor would it solve his growing legitimacy problem among the people. In fact, the moves he would likely make in a third term would raise the odds of war, social unrest, and economic crisis, exacerbating existing grievances. Even in China, it takes more than sheer force and intimidation to stay in power; performance still matters. Mao and Deng earned their authority through accomplishments—Mao by liberating China from the Nationalists, and Deng by opening it up and unleashing an economic boom. But Xi can point to no such concrete triumphs. He has less margin for error.

The only viable way of changing course, so far as I can see, is also the scariest and deadliest: a humiliating defeat in a war. If Xi were to attack Taiwan, his likeliest target, there is a good chance that the war would not go as planned, and Taiwan, with American help, would be able to resist invasion and inflict grave damage on mainland China. In that event, the elites and the masses would abandon Xi, paving the way for not only his personal downfall but perhaps even the collapse of the CCP as we know it. For precedent, one would have to go back to the nineteenth century, when Emperor Qianlong failed in his quest to expand China’s realm to Central Asia, Burma, and Vietnam. Predictably, China suffered a mortifying loss in the First Sino-Japanese War, setting the stage for the downfall of the Qing dynasty and kicking off a long period of political upheaval. Emperors are not always forever.


Disclaimer: The Good Investors is the personal investing blog of two simple guys who are passionate about educating Singaporeans about stock market investing. By using this Site, you specifically agree that none of the information provided constitutes financial, investment, or other professional advice. It is only intended to provide education. Speak with a professional before making important decisions about your money, your professional life, or even your personal life. Of all the companies mentioned, we currently have a vested interest in Alphabet (parent of Google), Amazon, Etsy, Meta Platforms (parent of Facebook), Salesforce, and Tencent. Holdings are subject to change at any time.